FORM 10-K

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

(Mark  One)
X       ANNUAL  REPORT  PURSUANT  TO  SECTION  13 OR  15(d)  OF THE
        SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

        For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2001

                                       OR
 _
/_/     TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
        EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

        For the transition period from ________ to ___________



                         Commission file number: 0-15658

                          Level 3 Communications, Inc.
             (Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware                                                              47-0210602
(State or other jurisdiction of                                 (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization)                               Identification No.)

1025 Eldorado Boulevard, Broomfield, Colorado                              80021
(Address of principal executive offices)                              (Zip code)

                                 (720) 888-1000
               (Registrant's telephone number including area code)


           Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
                                      None

           Securities registered pursuant to section 12(g) of the Act:

                     Common Stock, par value $.01 per share
 Rights to Purchase Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, par value
                                 $.01 per share


     Indicate  by check mark  whether the  registrant  (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of
1934  during  the  preceding  12 months  (or for such  shorter  period  that the
registrant was required to file such reports),  and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes X No ____

     Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent  filers pursuant to Item
405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the
best of registrant's  knowledge,  in definitive proxy or information  statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form 10-K.

                                                  (Cover continued on next page)


(Cover continued from prior page)


     Indicate  the  number of  shares  outstanding  of each of the  registrant's
classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date.


Title                                            Outstanding
Common Stock, par value $.01 per share           392,676,814 as of March 8, 2002


                       DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

     List hereunder the following documents if incorporated by reference and the
Part of the Form 10-K (e.g.,  Part I, Part II,  etc.) into which the document is
incorporated:  (1) Any  annual  report  to  security  holders;  (2) Any proxy or
information  statement;  and (3) Any prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) or
(c) under the  Securities Act of 1933.  The listed  documents  should be clearly
described for identification  purposes (e.g.,  annual report to security holders
for fiscal year ended December 24, 1980).

     Portions of the Company's  Definitive  Proxy  Statement for the 2002
Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated by reference into Part III of
this Form 10-K


(End of cover)



          Cautionary Factors That May Affect Future Results (Cautionary
     Statements Under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995)

     This report contains  forward looking  statements and information  that are
based  on  the  beliefs  of  management  as  well  as  assumptions  made  by and
information  currently  available  to  Level  3  Communications,  Inc.  and  its
subsidiaries  ("Level 3" or the "Company").  When used in this report, the words
"anticipate",   "believe",   "plans",   "estimate"   and  "expect"  and  similar
expressions,  as they relate to the Company or its  management,  are intended to
identify forward-looking  statements.  Such statements reflect the current views
of the Company with respect to future  events and are subject to certain  risks,
uncertainties and assumptions.

     Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties  materialize,  or should
underlying assumptions prove incorrect,  actual results may vary materially from
those  described in this document.  These  forward-looking  statements  include,
among others, statements concerning:

     o    the Company's  communications and information  services business,  its
          advantages and the Company's  strategy for  implementing  the business
          plan;

     o    anticipated  growth and recovery of the communications and information
          services industry;

     o    plans to devote  significant  management time and capital resources to
          the Company's business;

     o    expectations as to the Company's  future revenues,  margins,  expenses
          and capital requirements;

     o    anticipated  dates on which the Company will begin  providing  certain
          services  or  reach  specific   milestones  in  the   development  and
          implementation of its business; and

     o    other   statements  of   expectations,   beliefs,   future  plans  and
          strategies,  anticipated  developments  and other matters that are not
          historical facts.

     These  forward-looking  statements are subject to risks and  uncertainties,
including  financial,  regulatory,  environmental,  industry  growth  and  trend
projections, that could cause actual events or results to differ materially from
those  expressed or implied by the statements.  The most important  factors that
could  prevent  Level 3 from  achieving  its stated goals  include,  but are not
limited to, the Company's failure to:

     o    achieve and sustain  profitability  based on the implementation of its
          advanced, international, facilities based communications network based
          on optical and Internet Protocol technologies;

     o    overcome significant early operating losses;

     o    produce sufficient capital to fund its business;

     o    develop  financial  and  management  controls,  as well as  additional
          controls of operating expenses as well as other costs;

     o    attract and retain qualified management and other personnel;

     o    successfully complete commercial testing of new technology and Company
          information  systems to support new products and  services,  including
          voice transmission services;

     o    ability to meet all of the terms and  conditions of the Company's debt
          obligations;

     o    negotiate new and maintain existing peering agreements; and

     o    develop  and  implement   effective   business   support  systems  for
          processing customer orders and provisioning.

     The Company undertakes no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking
statements, whether as a result of new information,  future events or otherwise.
Further disclosures that the Company makes on related subjects in its additional
filings with the Securities  and Exchange  Commission  should be consulted.  For
further  information  regarding the risks and uncertainties  that may affect the
Company's  future results,  please review our Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed
with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 9, 1999.


ITEM 1. BUSINESS

     Level  3  Communications,  Inc.  and  its  subsidiaries  ("Level  3" or the
"Company") engage in the  communications,  information  services and coal mining
businesses  through ownership of operating  subsidiaries and substantial  equity
positions in public companies.  In late 1997, the Company announced the business
plan to increase  substantially its information  services business and to expand
the  range of  services  it  offers  by  building  an  advanced,  international,
facilities based  communications  network based on Internet Protocol  technology
(the 'Business Plan").

     The Company is a facilities  based  provider (that is, a provider that owns
or leases a substantial  portion of the plant,  property and equipment necessary
to provide its services) of a broad range of integrated communications services.
The Company has created,  generally  by  constructing  its own assets,  but also
through a  combination  of  purchasing  and leasing of  facilities,  the Level 3
Network - an advanced,  international,  facilities based communications network.
The Company has designed the Level 3 Network to provide communications services,
which  employ and leverage  rapidly  improving  underlying  optical and Internet
Protocol technologies.

     Market and  Technology  Opportunity.  The  Company  believes  that  ongoing
technology  advances in both  optical and  Internet  Protocol  technologies  are
revolutionizing the communications  industry and will facilitate rapid decreases
in unit  costs  for  communications  service  providers  that  are  able to most
effectively  leverage  these  technology  advances.  Service  providers that can
effectively  leverage  technology advances and rapidly reduce unit costs will be
able to offer  significantly  lower prices,  which, the Company  believes,  will
drive  substantial  increases  in the demand for  communications  services.  The
Company believes that there are two primary factors driving this market dynamic,
which it refers to as "Silicon Economics":

     o    Rapidly Improving Technologies.  Over the past few years, both optical
          and Internet  Protocol based  networking  technologies  have undergone
          extremely  rapid  innovation,  due,  in large  part,  to market  based
          development  of  underlying   technologies.   This  rapid   technology
          innovation   has   resulted   in   both   a   rapid   improvement   in
          price-performance  for optical and Internet Protocol systems,  as well
          as rapid improvement in the  functionality and applications  supported
          by these technologies. The Company believes that this rapid innovation
          will continue well into the future.

     o    High  Demand  Elasticity.  The Company  believes  rapid  decreases  in
          communication  services costs and prices causes the development of new
          bandwidth-intensive  applications,  which drive even more  significant
          increases in bandwidth  demand. In addition,  communications  services
          are  direct  substitutes  for  other,  existing  modes of  information
          distribution   such  as  traditional   broadcast   entertainment   and
          distribution of software, audio and video content using physical media
          delivered over motor transportation systems. The Company believes that
          as communications services improve more rapidly than these alternative
          content  distribution  systems,  significant  demand will be generated
          from these  sources.  The Company  believes  that high  elasticity  of
          demand from both these new  applications and substitution for existing
          distribution systems will continue for the foreseeable future.

          In connection with the Company's belief that  communications  services
          are  direct  substitutes  for  other,  existing  modes of  information
          distribution, on March 13, 2002, the Company completed the acquisition
          of  CorpSoft,  Inc.,  which  conducts  its  business  under  the  name
          Corporate  SoftwareSM.  Corporate  Software  is a  major  distributor,
          marketer  and  reseller  of  business  software.   Based  in  Norwood,
          Massachusetts,  Corporate  Software is an industry leader in the field
          of software  marketing,  procurement and license  management.  It is a
          leading distributor of software products from Microsoft(R),  IBM/Lotus
          (R),  Novell(R),   Sun  Microsystems  (R),  Computer  Associates  (R),
          Symantec (R) and 200 other software  publishers,  and serves more than
          5,000 business customers in 128 countries.

          The  Company  believes  that  communications  price  performance  will
          improve more rapidly than computing and data storage price performance
          and,  as  a  result,  companies  will,  over  time,  seek  information
          technology operating  efficiency by purchasing software  functionality
          and data  storage as  commercial  services  procured  over a broadband
          networks such as the Level 3 Network.


          Level  3  believes   that  the   combination   of  Level  3's  network
          infrastructure,   and  Corporate   Software's  expertise  in  software
          lifecycle  management  and  marketing,  as  well  as  strong  customer
          relationships,  will position  Level 3 to benefit as companies  change
          the manner in which they buy and use software capability.

     The Company also believes that there are several  significant  implications
that result from this Silicon Economics market dynamic:

     o    Incorporating  Technology Changes. Given the rapid rate of improvement
          in optical and Internet Protocol  technologies,  those  communications
          service  providers  that are most  effective at rapidly  deploying new
          technologies  will have an inherent  cost and service  advantage  over
          companies that are less effective at deploying these new technologies.

     o    Capital  Intensity.  The rapid  improvements in these technologies and
          the need to move to new technologies more quickly results in shortened
          economic  lives of underlying  assets.  To achieve the rapid unit cost
          reductions and improvements in service capabilities, service providers
          must deploy new generations of technology sooner,  resulting in a more
          capital-intensive  business model. Those providers with the technical,
          operational  and  financial  ability  to take  advantage  of the rapid
          advancements  in  these  technologies  are  expected  to  have  higher
          absolute  capital   requirements,   shortened  asset  lives,   rapidly
          decreasing unit costs and prices,  rapidly  increasing unit demand and
          higher cash flows and profits.

     o    Industry  Structure.  As a  result  of  the  rapid  innovation  in the
          underlying technology, the communications industry is visibly shifting
          from a utility model to a technology  model.  Just as in the computing
          industry,  where  market-based  standards and rapid price  performance
          improvements have existed for over 20 years, it is extremely difficult
          for a single communications  company to be best-of-class across a wide
          variety of disciplines in a rapidly changing  environment.  Rather, an
          opportunity  exists for companies to focus on areas in which they have
          significant  competitive  advantages  and develop  significant  market
          share in a disaggregated industry structure.

     Level  3's   Strategy.   The  Company  is  seeking  to  capitalize  on  the
opportunities  presented  by  significant  advancements  in optical and Internet
Protocol  technologies  by  pursuing  its  Business  Plan.  Key  elements of the
Company's strategy include:

     o    Become the Low Cost  Provider of  Communications  Services.  Level 3's
          network  has been  designed  to provide  high  quality  communications
          services  at a  lower  cost.  For  example,  the  Level 3  Network  is
          constructed   using   multiple   conduits  to  allow  the  Company  to
          cost-effectively  deploy  future  generations  of  optical  networking
          components (both fiber and transmission electronics and optronics) and
          thereby  expand  capacity  and reduce unit  costs.  In  addition,  the
          Company's  strategy  is to maximize  the use of open,  non-proprietary
          interfaces in the design of its network  software and  hardware.  This
          approach is  intended to provide  Level 3 with the ability to purchase
          the most  cost-effective  network  equipment from multiple vendors and
          allow Level 3 to deploy new technology more rapidly and effectively.

     o    Combine Latest Generations of Fiber and Optical Technologies. In order
          to achieve unit cost reductions for transmission capacity, Level 3 has
          designed  its network  with  multiple  conduits  to deploy  successive
          generations of fiber to exploit  improvements in optical  transmission
          technology.   Optimizing  optical   transmission  systems  to  exploit
          specific  generations  of fiber optic  technology  currently  provides
          transmission  capacity  on the new fiber  more cost  effectively  than
          deploying new optical  transmission systems on previous generations of
          fiber.

     o    Offer a Comprehensive  Range of Communications  Services.  The Company
          provides a  comprehensive  range of  communications  services over the
          Level 3 Network.  The Company is offering broadband transport services
          under the brand name  (3)LinkSM,  colocation  services under the brand
          name  (3)CenterSM  Colocation,  MPLS based private  networks under the
          brand name


          (3)PacketSM  MPN,  Internet  access  services  under  the  brand  name
          (3)CrossroadsSM,  and Softswitch  based services under the brand names
          (3)ConnectSM Modem and (3)VoiceSM.  The availability of these services
          varies by location.

     o    Provide  Upgradeable   Metropolitan   Backbone  Networks.   Level  3's
          significant  investment in metropolitan  optical  networks enables the
          Company to connect  directly to points of traffic  aggregation.  These
          traffic aggregation facilities are typically locations where Level 3's
          customers wish to  interconnect  with the Level 3  Network.  Level 3's
          metropolitan  backbone  networks  allow  Level 3 to extend its network
          services  to these  aggregation  points at low costs.  The Company has
          constructed   metropolitan  networks  totaling   approximately  14,200
          conduit  miles and  approximately  777,000  fiber  miles in the United
          States,  and  approximately  3,500  conduit  miles  and  approximately
          154,000  fiber  miles in  Europe.  The  Company  believes  that  these
          metropolitan  networks are a significant  strategic  advantage  versus
          other  intercity   communications   companies  that  must  connect  to
          customers using potentially high cost, low capacity, legacy facilities
          provided by former local monopoly providers.  This difficult situation
          is sometimes referred to as the "local loop bottleneck".

     o    Provide  Colocation  Facilities.   Level  3  believes  that  providing
          colocation services on its network attracts  communications  intensive
          customers  by  allowing  Level  3 to  offer  those  customers  reduced
          bandwidth   costs,   rapid   provisioning  of  additional   bandwidth,
          interconnection  with other third-party  networks and improved network
          performance.  Therefore, Level 3 believes that controlling significant
          colocation  facilities in its Gateways  provides it with a competitive
          advantage.

          As   of  December  31,  2001,  Level 3 had secured  approximately  5.8
          million  square  feet  of space  for    its   Gateway  and  colocation
          facilities  and   had   completed  the buildout of  approximately  3.3
          million square feet of this space.

     o    Target Communications  Intensive Customers. The Company's distribution
          strategy is to utilize a direct sales force focused on  communications
          intensive  businesses.  These businesses  include both traditional and
          next generation carriers, ISPs, application service providers, content
          providers,   systems   integrators,   web-hosting   companies,   media
          distribution companies,  web portals,  eCommerce companies,  streaming
          media  companies,   storage  providers  and  wireless   communications
          providers.  Providing communications services at continually declining
          bandwidth  costs  and  prices is at the core of the  Company's  market
          enabling strategy since bandwidth  generally  represents a substantial
          portion of these businesses' costs.

     o    Utilize Optimization Technologies.  In order to effectively manage its
          business in a rapidly changing  environment,  Level 3 has assembled an
          operations  research team that has developed and continues to refine a
          set of sophisticated  non-linear,  mixed integer  optimization models.
          The objective for these models is to maximize the net present value of
          the Company's cash flows given relevant  constraints.  These tools are
          designed  to assist  Level 3 in  determining  optimal  pricing for its
          services,  in determining  demand forecasts based on price elasticity,
          in optimizing  network design based on optimal  topology and optronics
          configuration,  in optimizing network  implementation based on optimal
          timing  of  capacity   installation,   in  optimizing  the  timing  of
          introducing  new  technologies  and in determining  long-term  network
          requirements.  The Company believes that its optimization  proficiency
          and technology provides the Company a competitive advantage.

     o    Provide  Seamless  Interconnection  to the Public  Switched  Telephone
          Network (the  "PSTN").  The Company  offers  (3)VoiceSM  long distance
          service,  which  allows the  seamless  interconnection  of the Level 3
          Network with the PSTN for long distance voice transmissions.  Seamless
          interconnection  allows  customers to use Level 3's Internet  Protocol
          based  services  without  modifying  existing  telephone  equipment or
          dialing  procedures (that is, without the need to dial access codes or
          follow other similar special procedures).  The Company's  (3)ConnectSM
          Modem


          turnkey   modem   infrastructure   service  uses  similar   Softswitch
          technology  to seamlessly  interconnect  to the PSTN and to the public
          Internet.

     o    Develop Advanced  Business Support Systems.  The Company has developed
          and  continues  to develop a  substantial,  scalable  and  web-enabled
          business support system infrastructure specifically designed to enable
          the Company to offer services  efficiently to its targeted  customers.
          The Company believes that this system will reduce its operating costs,
          give its customers  direct  control over some of the services they buy
          from  the  Company  and  allow  the  Company  to  grow  rapidly  while
          minimizing redesign of its business support systems.

     o    Attract and Motivate High Quality Employees. The Company has developed
          programs  designed to attract and retain  employees with the technical
          skills  necessary to implement the Business Plan. The programs include
          the Company's  Shareworks stock purchase plan and its Outperform Stock
          Option program.

     Competitive  Advantages.  The Company  believes  that it has the  following
competitive  advantages  that,  together  with its  strategy,  will assist it in
implementing the Business Plan:

     o    Experienced  Management  Team. Level 3 has assembled a management team
          that it believes is well suited to implement the Business Plan.  Level
          3's senior  management  has  substantial  experience  in  leading  the
          development and marketing of communications and information technology
          products  and  services and in  designing,  constructing  and managing
          intercity, metropolitan and international networks.

     o    A More Readily Upgradeable Network  Infrastructure.  Level 3's network
          design   takes   advantage   of  recent   technological   innovations,
          incorporating  many of the  features  that  are not  present  in older
          communication  networks,  and  provides  Level 3  flexibility  to take
          advantage of future developments and innovations. Level 3 has designed
          the  transmission  network  to  optimize  all  aspects  of  fiber  and
          optronics  simultaneously  as a system to deliver the lowest unit cost
          to  its  customers.  As  fiber  and  optical  transmission  technology
          changes,  Level 3 expects to  realize  new unit cost  improvements  by
          deploying the latest fiber in available empty or spare conduits in the
          multiple-conduit Level 3 Network. Each new generation of fiber enables
          associated optical  transmission  equipment to be spaced further apart
          and carry  more  traffic  than the same  equipment  deployed  on older
          generations  of fiber.  The Company  believes  that the spare  conduit
          design of the Level 3 Network  will enable  Level 3 to lower costs and
          prices while enjoying higher margins than its competitors.

     o    Integrated  End-to-End  Network  Platform.  Level 3's  strategy  is to
          deploy network  infrastructure in major metropolitan areas and to link
          these networks with  significant  intercity  networks in North America
          and  Europe.   The  Company  believes  that  the  integration  of  its
          metropolitan  and intercity  networks with its  colocation  facilities
          will  expand  the  scope and reach of its  on-net  customer  coverage,
          facilitate the uniform deployment of technological  innovations as the
          Company manages its future upgrade paths and allow the Company to grow
          or scale its service  offerings  rapidly.  Level 3 believes that it is
          the only  global  communications  service  provider  with  the  unique
          combination of large fiber-count, multi-conduit metropolitan networks,
          uniformly  deployed  multi-conduit  intercity networks and substantial
          colocation facilities.

     o    On-Net Transport Activation Process ("ONTAPSM"). Level 3 has developed
          ONTAP - an automated process to significantly  shorten the time period
          between  receipt of a customer's  order and the  installation  of that
          order.  Most industry  participants  install a customer's order over a
          several  week and often  several  month  process.  Through  the use of
          ONTAP,  Level 3 is able to  reduce  that  installation  time  interval
          significantly.  Level 3 is able to  provision  or install a customer's
          capacity  order in a matter of days rather than the industry  standard
          of weeks or even months. In general,  using ONTAP,  Level 3 is able to
          install a customer's private line or wavelength service that is on the
          Level 3 network within 10 calendar days. In addition, ONTAP


          provides a customer with:  immediate  verification  that the requested
          capacity is available on the Level 3 network and a confirmed  delivery
          date.  As a result,  a  customer  can more  closely  tie its  capacity
          purchases to its actual demand  rather than having to forecast  future
          demand in  advance to meet a  competitor's  much  longer  installation
          interval.

     o    Online Customer  Service  Center.  Level 3 provides its customers with
          access  to a  web-enabled,  self  service  application  -  the  Online
          Customer  Service  Center or Online CSC. The Online CSC provides Level
          3's customers  with online direct access to the same internal  systems
          used by Level 3's staff. The Online CSC features  include:  ability to
          request new or additional  services,  review order status,  review and
          modify the  customer's  profile and review the most up to date Level 3
          product information.  The Online CSC also provides various reports for
          Level 3's  (3)CrossroadsSM,  (3)Connect  ModemSM and (3)PacketSM Usage
          reports.  In  addition,  through the Online CSC, a customer is able to
          create new repair tickets,  view open repair tickets and view a 90-day
          history of closed repair tickets.

     o    Prefunded  Business  Plan.  Level 3 believes that it has prefunded its
          Business Plan through free cash flow breakeven  through  approximately
          $14 billion in cumulative debt and equity capital raised to date. As a
          result,  Level 3 believes that it has lower financial risk relative to
          certain other communications service providers.

The Level 3 Network.

     The  Level  3  Network  is an  advanced,  international,  facilities  based
communications  network.  Today,  the Company provides its services over its own
facilities.  Through  2000,  the Company  primarily  offered its  communications
services  using local and intercity  facilities  that had been leased from third
parties.  This enabled the Company to develop and offer  certain of its services
during the  construction of its own  facilities.  Today,  the Company's  network
encompasses:

     o    an intercity network covering nearly 16,000 miles in North America;

     o    leased or owned local networks in 57 North American markets;

     o    an intercity network covering approximately 3,600 miles across Europe;

     o    leased or owned local networks in 9 European markets;

     o    approximately  5.8 million  square  feet of Gateway  and  transmission
          facilities in North America and Europe; and

     o    a 1.28 Tbps transatlantic cable system.

     Intercity Networks.  The Company's nearly 16,000 mile fiber optic intercity
network in North America consists of the following:

     o    Multiple conduits connecting  approximately 200 North American cities.
          In general,  Level 3 has installed  groups of 10 to 12 conduits in its
          intercity network. The Company believes that the availability of spare
          conduit will allow it to deploy future  technological  innovations  in
          optical  networking  components as well as providing  Level 3 with the
          flexibility to offer conduit to other entities.

     o    Initial  installation of optical fiber strands designed to accommodate
          dense wave division multiplexing transmission technology. In addition,
          the Company  believes that the  installation  of newer optical  fibers
          will allow a combination  of greater  wavelengths of light per strand,
          higher transmission speeds and longer physical spacing between network
          electronics.  The Company also


          believes  that  each  new  generation  of  optical  fiber  will  allow
          increases in the  performance of these aspects network design and will
          therefore enable lower unit costs.

     o    High  speed  SONET  transmission   equipment  employing   self-healing
          protection  switching  and  designed  for high  quality  and  reliable
          transmission.  The  Company  expects  that over time,  SONET  equipped
          networks  will be replaced  with network  designs that employ a "mesh"
          architecture made possible by advances in optical technologies. A mesh
          architecture  allows  carriers  to  establish  alternative  protection
          schemes that reduce the amount of capacity required to be reserved for
          protection purposes.

     o    A design that maximizes the use of open,  non-proprietary hardware and
          software  interfaces  to allow less costly  upgrades  as hardware  and
          software technology improves.

     North America.  During the first quarter of 2001, the Company completed its
construction  activities relating to its North American intercity network.  Also
during 2001,  the Company  completed the migration of customer  traffic from its
original  leased  capacity  network to the  Company's  completed  North  America
intercity  network.  During 2000,  the Company had  substantially  completed the
construction  of  this  intercity  network.  Deployment  of the  North  American
intercity network was accomplished through simultaneous  construction efforts in
multiple locations,  with different portions being completed at different times.
The  Company  has  completed  construction  of 15,889  route  miles of its North
American  intercity  network.  All route miles of the North  American  intercity
network are operational.

     Europe.  In  Europe,  the  Company  has  completed   construction  of,  its
approximately   3,600   route   mile  fiber   optic   intercity   network   with
characteristics  similar to those of the North American  intercity  network in a
two Ring  architecture.  During 2000, the Company  completed the construction of
both Ring 1 and Ring 2 of its European  network.  Ring 1, which is approximately
1,800 miles, connects the major European cities of Paris, Frankfurt,  Amsterdam,
Brussels and London and was  operational at December 31, 2000.  Ring 2, which is
approximately 1,600 miles, connects the major German cities of Berlin,  Cologne,
Dusseldorf,  Frankfurt, Hamburg, Munich and Stuttgart. Ring 2 became operational
during the first quarter of 2001.

     During 2001, the Company announced an expansion of its European  operations
to 8 additional  cities.  The additional  European  cities  include:  Karlsruhe,
Cologne and Stuttgart,  Germany;  Milan, Italy; Zurich and Geneva,  Switzerland;
Madrid,  Spain; and Stockholm,  Sweden. The Company  anticipates that it will be
operational  in these  additional  cities by the end of the second quarter 2002.
The  Company  intends  to  expand  to these  additional  locations  through  the
acquisition of available capacity from other carriers in the region.

     Level  3's  European  network  is  linked  to the  Level 3  North  American
intercity network by the Level 3 transatlantic 1.28 Tbps cable system, which was
also  completed and placed into service  during 2000.  The  transatlantic  cable
system -  referred  to by the  Company  as the  Yellow  system - has an  initial
capacity of 320 Gbps and is  upgradeable  to 1.28 Tbps. The deployment of Yellow
was  complete  pursuant to a co-build  agreement  announced  in  February  2000,
whereby Global Crossing Ltd. participated in the construction of, and obtained a
50% ownership  interest in, Yellow.  Under the co-build  agreement,  Level 3 and
Global  Crossing Ltd. each now  separately own and operate two of the four fiber
pairs on Yellow.  Level 3 also acquired  additional  capacity on Global Crossing
Ltd.'s  transatlantic  cable,  Atlantic  Crossing  1,  during  2000 to  serve as
redundant capacity for its fiber pairs on Yellow.

     Asia. The Company established an Asia Pacific  headquarters in Hong Kong in
1999,  and during 2000 the Company  completed and opened  Gateway  facilities in
Tokyo and Hong Kong. In January 2000, Level 3 announced its intention to develop
and construct a Northern Asia undersea cable system  initially  connecting  Hong
Kong and Japan.  The Hong Kong-Japan cable was intended to be the first stage of
the Company's  construction of an undersea network in the region.  At that time,
the Company indicated its intention to share construction and operating expenses
of the system with one or more industry partners.  In December 2000, the Company
signed an agreement to collaborate  with FLAG Telecom on the  development of the
Northern Asia  undersea  cable system  connecting  Hong Kong,  Japan,  Korea and
Taiwan.


     During the fourth quarter of 2001 the Company  announced the disposition of
its Asian operations in a sale transaction with Reach, Ltd. Although the Company
believed that Asia represented an attractive longer-term investment opportunity,
given current  volatile  market and economic  conditions the Company  determined
that it was necessary to focus its resources, both capital and managerial on the
immediate  opportunities  provided by the Company's  operational assets in North
America and Europe.  This transaction closed on January 18, 2002. As a result of
the Reach transaction, the Company expects to reduce its future cash obligations
by approximately $300 million.

     As part of the  agreement,  the Reach and the  Company  agreed that Level 3
will  provide  capacity  and  services  to Reach over  Level 3's North  American
intercity  network,  and Level 3 will buy capacity  and  services  from Reach in
Asia.  This  arrangement  will allow Level 3 to continue to service its customer
base  with  capacity  needs in Asia and  provide  Reach  access  to a the  Level
intercity  networks in North  America and Europe.  Additionally,  the Company is
maintaining a sales group in Asia to serve its global  customers and Asian-based
carriers with capacity needs in North America and Europe.

     Local Market  Infrastructure.  The Company's local facilities include fiber
optic networks connecting  Level 3's intercity network Gateway sites to ILEC and
CLEC  central  offices,  long  distance  carrier  points-of-presence   ("POPs"),
buildings  housing  communication-intensive  end users and Internet  peering and
transit facilities.  Level 3's high fiber count metropolitan  networks allow the
Company to extend its  services  directly  to its  customers'  locations  at low
costs, because the availability of this network  infrastructure does not require
extensive multiplexing equipment to reach a customer location, which is required
in ordinary fiber constrained metropolitan networks.

     The Company had secured  approximately 5.8 million square feet of space for
its  Gateway  and  transmission  facilities  as of  December  31,  2001  and had
completed the buildout of  approximately  3.3 million square feet of this space.
The  Company's  initial  Gateway  facilities  were designed to house local sales
staff,  operational  staff,  the Company's  transmission  and Internet  Protocol
routing and Softswitch facilities and technical space to accommodate (3)CenterSM
Colocation  services - that is, the colocation of equipment by high-volume Level
3 customers, in an environmentally controlled, secure site with direct access to
the Level 3 Network  generally  through dual,  fault tolerant  connections.  The
Company's  newer  facilities  are typically  larger than the  Company's  initial
facilities  and were  designed to include a smaller  percentage  of total square
feet for the Company's  transmission  and Internet  Protocol  routing/Softswitch
facilities  and a larger  percentage  of total square feet for the  provision of
(3)CenterSM Colocation services. The Company is offering its (3)LinkSM Transport
services,    (3)CenterSM   Colocation   services,    (3)CrossroadsSM   services,
(3)ConnectSM  Modem services and (3)VoiceSM  services at its Gateway sites.  The
availability of these services varies by location.

     As of December  31, 2001,  the Company had  operational,  facilities  based
local metropolitan  networks in 27 U.S. markets and nine European markets.  Also
as of December 31, 2001, the Company had entered into interconnection agreements
with RBOCs covering 58 North American markets.

     The Company has  negotiated  master  leases with several CLECs and ILECs to
obtain leased  capacity from those providers so that the Company can provide its
customers with local transmission capabilities before its own local networks are
complete  and  in  locations  not  directly  accessed  by  the  Company's  owned
facilities.



     At March 8, 2002,  the Company had a total of 66 markets in service:  57 in
the United States and nine in Europe. In the United States,  the Company markets
in service include:

Albany          Hartford        New York        Salt Lake City
Atlanta         Houston         Newark          San Antonio
Austin          Jacksonville    Oakland         San Diego
Baltimore       Indianapolis    Omaha           San Francisco
Boston          Jersey City     Orlando         San Jose
Buffalo         Kansas City     Orange County   San Luis Obispo
Charlotte       Las Vegas       Philadelphia    Seattle
Chicago         Long Island     Phoenix         St. Louis
Cincinnati      Los Angeles     Pittsburgh      Stamford
Cleveland       Louisville      Portland        Tampa
Dallas          Mancester       Princeton       Washington, D.C.
Denver          Memphis         Providence      Wilmington
Detroit         Miami           Raleigh
El Paso         Nashville       Richmond
Fort Worth      New Orleans     Sacramento

         In Europe, the markets in service include:

         Amsterdam              Hamburg
         Berlin                 London
         Brussels               Munich
         Dusseldorf             Paris
         Frankfurt

Products and Services

     Level 3 offers a comprehensive range of communications services,  including
the following:

     o    Transport  Services.  The  Company's  transport  services  are branded
          "(3)LinkSM"  and consist of (3)LinkSM  Global  Wavelengths,  (3)LinkSM
          Private Line services, (3)LinkSM Dark Fiber and (3)PacketSM MPN.

          |_|  (3)LinkSM Global  Wavelength.  Level 3 is offering (3)Link Global
               Wavelengths  - a  point-to-point  connection of a fixed amount of
               bandwidth  on  a  particular   wavelength   or  color  of  light.
               Currently,(3)Link  Global  Wavelength is available at 2.5GBps and
               10GBps.  This product is targeted to those customers that require
               both significant amounts of bandwidth and desire to provide their
               own traffic protection schemes. The approach enables customers to
               build and manage a network by deploying  their own SONET,  ATM or
               IP equipment at the end points where the wavelength is delivered.
               (3)Link Global Wavelength  services are typically offered through
               short term, annual and long-term pre-paid leases.

          |_|  (3)LinkSM  Private Line services.  (3)Link  Private Line services
               consist of a fixed amount of dedicated  bandwidth  between  fixed
               locations for the exclusive use of the customer.  These  services
               are offered  with  committed  levels of quality and with  network
               protection  schemes  included.  (3)Link Private Line services are
               currently  priced at a fixed  rate  depending  upon the  distance
               between end points and the amount of  bandwidth  required.  These
               services are typically  offered  through  short term,  annual and
               long-term  pre-paid  contracts.   The  Company  is  offering  the
               following types of private line services:


               o    (3)LinkSM Private Line - U.S.  Intercity  Services.  Level 3
                    provides  this  transport  service  over its North  American
                    intercity  network.  Available  transmission  speeds include
                    DS-3, OC-3, OC-12 and OC-48.

               o    (3)LinkSM  Private Line - Metro  Services.  Level 3 provides
                    this service  within a  metropolitan  area.  This service is
                    provided in three categories:  Metro Access  Stand-alone - a
                    metro  circuit  is  installed  from  a  customer  site  to a
                    colocation  cabinet in a Level 3 Gateway in that city; Metro
                    Point to Point - a circuit  is  installed  between  two of a
                    customers'  sites by passing  through the Level 3 Gateway in
                    that city;  and Metro Access - a circuit is  installed  from
                    the customer's location to access backbone services that are
                    located within the Level 3 Gateway.  Available  transmission
                    speeds include DS-3, OC-3, OC-12 and OC-48.

               o    (3)LinkSM  Private Line -  International  Services.  Level 3
                    provides this private line service  between two locations on
                    a point to point basis that cross an international boundary.
                    This   service  can  be   installed   between  two  customer
                    points-of-presence  where  each  point is  located  within a
                    Level 3 Gateway  facility.  The service is available between
                    mainland  Europe  and the  United  Kingdom  and  the  United
                    States.  Available  transmission  speeds  depends  upon  the
                    country locations, but range from DS-1 to OC-48.

               o    (3)LinkSM  Unprotected  Private Line.  Level 3 provides this
                    private  line  service  between two  locations on a point to
                    point basis on an  unprotected  basis - that is, without any
                    network  protection scheme. As this product is offered as an
                    unprotected   service,   (3)Link  Unprotected  Private  Line
                    provides a  customer  with cost  advantages  when a customer
                    desires to purchase  private line capacity without a network
                    protection  scheme for purposes of creating a meshed network
                    or for  adding  additional  capacity  or  protection  to the
                    customer's existing network.  Available  transmission speeds
                    for this product are either OC-3/STM-1 or OC-12/STM-4.

          |_|  (3)LinkSM  Dark Fiber.  Level 3 offers  long-term  leases of dark
               fiber and  conduit  along its local and  intercity  networks on a
               long-term  basis.  Customers  can lease dark fiber and conduit in
               any  combination of three ways: (1) segment by segment,  (2) full
               ring or (3) the entire Level 3 Network. Level 3 offers colocation
               space in its Gateway and intercity re-transmission  facilities to
               these customers for their transmission electronics.

     o    Colocation and Gateway Services.

          |_|  (3)CenterSM  Colocation.  The Company  offers high quality,  data
               center grade space where  customers can locate  servers,  content
               storage devices and  communications  network  equipment in a safe
               and secure technical operating environment.

               At its colocation sites, the Company offers high-speed,  reliable
               connectivity  to the  Level  3  Network  and to  other  networks,
               including  both  local  and  wide  area  networks,  the  PSTN and
               Internet.  Level 3 also offers  customers AC/DC power,  emergency
               back-up  generator  power,  HVAC,  fire  protection and security.
               These sites are  monitored and  maintained 24 hours a day,  seven
               days a week.

               As of December 31, 2001, Level 3 offered (3)Center  Colocation in
               74  facilities  in 66 markets  located  in the United  States and
               Europe.   Level  3  believes  that  its  ability  to  offer  both
               metropolitan  and  intercity   communications   services  to  its
               (3)Center Colocation customers provides it with an advantage over
               its  competitors,  because(3)Center  Colocation  customers  often
               spend a  substantial  portion  of  their  operating  expenses  on
               communications   services.  This  service  is  typically  offered
               through annual and long-term contracts.

     o    (3)PacketSM  MPN.  (3)Packet MPN or (3)Packet MPLS Private Networks is
          an MPLS-based data transport  service that offers Ethernet access into
          Level  3's  managed  wide  area  network.  The  Company  is  currently
          developing  (3)Packet  MPN to allow for ATM and Frame Relay  access as
          well.


          Customers can purchase ports in any Level 3's markets in North America
          or Europe to build  virtual  connections  between  ports and  create a
          customized network solution. (3)Packet MPN, which is a product that is
          billed   based  on  a   customer's   usage,   is   designed  to  allow
          communications-intensive customers to deploy and manage traffic over a
          virtual  private  network,  enabling them to access  capacity as usage
          demand dictates.  This flexibility can decrease network costs and is a
          highly scaleable alternative to traditional transport services.  These
          services are typically offered through short-term or annual contracts.

     o    (3)CrossRoadsSM.  (3)CrossRoads is a high quality, high speed Internet
          access  product  offering.  The  service  is  offered  in a variety of
          capacities  - 100BaseT,  GigE,  DS-1,  DS-3,  OC-3 and OC-12 - using a
          variety of interfaces  including  Ethernet and SONET. A unique feature
          of the service is Destination  Sensitive  Billing or DSB. Through DSB,
          (3)CrossRoads  customers pay for bandwidth based on the destination of
          their  traffic.  DSB  customers  pay for either  "Sent" or  "Received"
          bandwidth, but not both.

          Level 3 believes that the combination of Destination Sensitive Billing
          with  metropolitan and intercity  networks and significant  colocation
          space is a competitive  advantage and that this accounts for the rapid
          market  acceptance  of  (3)CrossRoads  to  date.  These  services  are
          typically offered through short-term and annual contracts.

     o    Softswitch   Services.   Level  3  has  pioneered  and  developed  the
          Softswitch - a distributed computer system that emulates the functions
          performed by traditional  circuit switches enabling Level 3 to control
          and  process  telephone  calls  over  an  Internet  Protocol  network.
          Currently,   Level  3  is  offering  two  Softswitch  based  services:
          (3)ConnectSM  Modem  and  (3)VoiceSM.  These  services  are  typically
          offered through short-term, annual and long-term contracts.

          |_|  (3)ConnectSM  Modem.  The Company is  offering to its  (3)Connect
               Modem customers an outsourced,  turn-key  infrastructure solution
               for the  management  of dial  up  access  to  either  the  public
               Internet or a corporate  data network.  (3)Connect  Modem was the
               first  service  offered  by  the  Company  that  used  Softswitch
               technology to seamlessly  interconnect to the PSTN. ISPs comprise
               a majority  of the  customer  base for  (3)Connect  Modem and are
               provided  a fully  managed  dial up  network  infrastructure  for
               access to the public Internet.  Corporate customers that purchase
               (3)Connect Modem services  receive  connectivity for remote users
               to  support  data  applications  such  as  telecommuting,  e-mail
               retrieval, and client/server applications.

               As part of this  service,  Level 3 arranges for the  provision of
               local network coverage,  dedicated local telephone numbers (which
               the (3)Connect Modem customer distributes to its customers in the
               case of an ISP or to its  employees  in the  case of a  corporate
               customer),  racks and  modems as well as  dedicated  connectivity
               from the  customer's  location  to the Level 3 Gateway  facility.
               Level 3 also provides  monitoring of this infrastructure 24 hours
               a day, seven days a week. By providing a turn-key  infrastructure
               modem  solution,  Level 3 believes  that this product  allows its
               customers to save both  capital and  operating  costs  associated
               with maintaining the infrastructure.

               At end of the fourth quarter 2001, the Company's (3)Connect Modem
               product was  processing  approximately  11.3 billion  minutes per
               month, representing an approximately 31% increase from the end of
               the third quarter 2001.

          |_|  (3)VoiceSM  Services.   The  Company  also  offers  (3)Voice,  an
               Internet  Protocol  based  long  distance  service,   which  uses
               Softswitch  technology.  This long distance  service is currently
               available for  originating  long distance calls in 24 markets and
               is generally targeted at carriers. The end users of the Company's
               (3)Voice  carrier  customers  place a long distance call by using
               existing telephone  equipment and dialing  procedures.  The local
               service  provider  transfers  the call to the Level 3  Softswitch
               where it is converted to Internet  Protocol  format.  The call is
               then  transmitted  along the Level 3 Network to  another  Level 3
               Gateway  facility  closest to the receiving city where it is sent
               to the called  party in whatever  format is desired,  including a
               standard  telephone call. Calls on the


               Level  3  Softswitch  network  can  be  terminated  or  completed
               anywhere in North America.  The (3)Voice long distance service is
               offered  at a  quality  level  equal  to that of the  traditional
               telephone network.

     Corporate  Software.  On March  13,  2002,  Level 3  announced  that it had
completed the previously disclosed acquisition of CorpSoft, Inc., which conducts
its business under the name Corporate SoftwareSM.  Corporate Software is a major
distributor,  marketer  and  reseller  of business  software.  Based in Norwood,
Massachusetts, Corporate Software is an industry leader in the field of software
marketing,  procurement and license  management.  It is a leading distributor of
software   products   from   Microsoft(R),    IBM/Lotus(R),    Novell(R),    Sun
Microsystems(R),  Computer  Associates(R),  Symantec(R)  and 200 other  software
publishers, and serves more than 5,000 business customers in 128 countries.

     Corporate  Software uses a Software Asset  Management  ("SAM")  approach to
maximize a customer's  return on its software  investments.  Corporate  Software
provides its customers with the following software management services:

     o    License Contract Management Services.  This service includes:  central
          coordination  of  license  agreements;  contract  management  business
          practices and back-office  capabilities to unify and coordinate volume
          purchasing and enterprise wide software agreements including Microsoft
          EA and Select  agreements;  ability to process and manage  contract to
          meet  cyclical  increases in demand  through the year;  the ability to
          measure,   report  and  monitor  worldwide   contacts  in  support  of
          contractual obligations of clients to Microsoft; and manage commitment
          levels, product pools, pricing and contract dates and renewals.

     o    Management  Tracking & Reporting.  This service includes:  fundamental
          reporting abilities that directly support license management and sales
          activities;   order   management   system  allowing  the  tracking  of
          procurement  from  most  general  (parent  company)  to most  specific
          (ship-to-location); combined with cost-allocation data, reports can be
          inputted  directly into customer's data warehouse for optimal software
          asset management.

     o    Order  Management.  This service includes:  state-of-the-art  ordering
          system to minimize  ordering  errors and help ensure  compliance;  and
          systems to assist a customer to order the correct  right  version of a
          software title on the correct operating system platform.

     o    E-Procurement  Services - CorpSoft  Central.  These services  include:
          customized,  Web-commerce  solution that provides Microsoft  customers
          immediate access to Microsoft software;  features that include product
          pricing and  availability  based on site-specific  enrollment,  online
          ordering  capability,  real-time  order status and tracking,  customer
          reports,  reduced returns,  tracking of existing and deployed licenses
          reconciled  to EA  agreements,  online  invoices  and license  proofs,
          special order research capability,  and online help and documentation;
          and visibility of license  milestone for Microsoft  Select  agreements
          and "true up" counts for Microsoft EA agreements.

     Level 3 believes that, in part,  the  information  technology  industry has
been shaped by data  processing and data storage  price-performance  improvement
rates that, until recently,  have improved much more rapidly than communications
price-performance  improvement  rates. As a result,  enterprises  have generally
located  computing  and  storage  resources  at the  point of use.  The  Company
believes  that,  over time,  significant  economies  of scale can be obtained by
commercial  entities,  which  manage  computing,  operating  system and software
application resources,  and which offer access to these resources to enterprises
on a commercial basis.

     The Company believes that the combination of its  continuously  upgradeable
network, and Corporate Software's expertise in software lifecycle management and
strong  customer  relationship  position,  over time, will permit the Company to
offer companies  software  functionality as a service available over the Level 3
network.


     (i)Structure,  Inc.  Level  3  currently  offers,  through  its  subsidiary
(i)Structure,   Inc.  (formerly  PKS  Information   Services,   Inc.),  computer
operations  outsourcing and systems  integration  services to customers  located
throughout the United States as well as abroad.

     The Company's systems integration  services help customers define,  develop
and implement  cost-effective  information  services.  The computer  outsourcing
services  offered by the  Company  include  networking  and  computing  services
necessary  for  older  mainframe-based  systems  and  newer  client/server-based
systems.  The Company provides its outsourcing  services to clients that want to
focus their resources on core  businesses,  rather than expend capital and incur
overhead  costs  to  operate  their  own  computing  environments.  (i)Structure
believes  that it is able to utilize its expertise  and  experience,  as well as
operating  efficiencies,  to provide its  outsourcing  customers  with levels of
service equal to or better than those  achievable  by the customers  themselves,
while at the same time  reducing the  customers'  cost for such  services.  This
service is particularly  useful for those customers  moving from older computing
platforms to more modern client/server networks.

     (i)Structure offers reengineering  services that allow companies to convert
older legacy software  systems to modern  networked  computing  systems,  with a
focus on  reengineering  software to enable older software  application and data
repositories to be accessed by web browsers over the Internet or over private or
limited access Internet Protocol networks.  (i)Structure also provides customers
with a combination of workbench tools and methodologies  that provide a complete
strategy for converting  mainframe-based  application  systems to  client/server
architecture.

Distribution Strategy

     Communications  Services.  Level 3's sales  strategy is to utilize a direct
sales force  focused on  communications  intensive  businesses.  These  targeted
businesses  include  both  traditional  and  next  generation  carriers,   ISPs,
application   service  providers,   content  providers,   systems   integrators,
web-hosting companies, streaming media companies, storage providers and wireless
communications  providers.  Level 3 believes  that these  companies are the most
significant  drivers of bandwidth demand.  The past distinctions  between retail
and wholesale  have been blurred as these  communications  intensive  businesses
purchase  Level 3 services,  add value and then market to  end-users.  Bandwidth
constitutes a significant  portion of these  companies' cost structure and their
needs for bandwidth in many cases are growing at an exponential rate.  Providing
continually declining bandwidth costs to these companies is at the core of Level
3's market enabling strategy.

     Beginning in 2001, Level 3 changed its customer focus to the top 300 global
users of bandwidth  capacity.  These top 300 global users tend to be financially
more viable than certain Internet  start-ups.  The Company has in place policies
and  procedures  to review the  financial  condition of  potential  and existing
customers and concludes that collectibility is probable prior to commencement of
services.  If the financial condition of an existing customer  deteriorates to a
point where  payment for services is in doubt,  the Company  will not  recognize
revenue  attributable  to that customer  until cash is received.  Based on these
policies and procedures, the Company believes its exposure to credit risk within
the communications  business and effect to the financial  statements is limited.
The Company is not immune  from the  affects of the  downturn in the economy and
specifically the telecommunications  industry; however, the Company believes the
concentration of credit risk with respect to receivables is mitigated due to the
dispersion of the Company's  customer base among  geographic  areas and remedies
provided  by terms  of  contracts  and  statutes.  The  Company  estimates  that
approximately  25% of its  recurring  revenue  base  as of  December  31,  2001,
consists of financially  weaker  customers.  Approximately 80% of this amount is
expected to disconnect services during the first half of 2002.

     For the year ended  December 31, 2001,  approximately  53% of the Company's
sales were to carriers, 30% were to internet service providers or ISPs, 11% were
to content providers and 6% were to other types of customers. For the year ended
December  31,  2001,  no  single  customer  accounted  for more  than 10% of the
Company's consolidated total revenues.

     Corporate Software.  In 2001, Corporate Software had more than 5,000 active
customer accounts.  Corporate  Software's  customer base includes  corporations,
government  agencies,  educational  institutions,  non-profit  organizations and
other  business   entities.   Sales  contracts  with  large  customers  for  the
procurement  of products  generally  cover a one to three year period subject to
the  customers'  rights to terminate the contract upon notice.


These contracts usually include provisions  regarding price,  availability,
payment  terms and  return  policies.  Standard  payment  terms  with  Corporate
Software's customers are generally net 30 days from the date of invoice.

     (i)Structure.  (i)Structure's  outsourcing sales are relationship  oriented
and  (i)Structure  has a team of ten Sales  Directors  within the United States.
Sales  activities  are  focused on new sales in  geographic  territories,  major
accounts,  sales to existing customers and channel sales. To support outsourcing
sales,  (i)Structure  partners  with  companies  that  provide  integration  and
application   services.   The  marketing  activities  of  the  company  include:
collateral, web marketing, industry conferences and direct marketing programs.

     (i)Structure also sells application software and related services through a
small sales force that is geographically  focused.  Sales activities are focused
on new  sales in  geographic  territories,  major  accounts,  sales to  existing
customers and channel sales. To support these sales  (i)Structure  partners with
companies  that provide  integration  and  application  services.  The marketing
activities  of  the  company  include:   collateral,  web  marketing,   industry
conferences and direct marketing programs.

Business Support Systems

     In order to pursue its sales and distribution  strategies,  the Company has
developed  and is  continuing  to  develop  and  implement  a set of  integrated
software applications designed to automate the Company's operational  processes.
Through the  development of a robust,  scalable  business  support  system,  the
Company believes that it has the opportunity to develop a competitive  advantage
relative  to  traditional   telecommunications  companies.  Whereas  traditional
telecommunications  companies  operate extensive legacy business support systems
with  compartmentalized  architectures that limit their ability to scale rapidly
and introduce  enhanced services and features,  Level 3 has developed a business
support  system   architecture   intended  to  maximize  both   reliability  and
scalability.

     Key  design aspects of the business support system development program are:

     o    integrated  modular  applications  to allow  the  Company  to  upgrade
          specific applications as new products are available;

     o    a scalable  architecture  that  allows  certain  functions  that would
          otherwise have to be performed by Level 3 employees to be performed by
          the Company's alternative distribution channel participants;

     o    phased  completion of software  releases designed to allow the Company
          to test functionality on an incremental basis;

     o    "web-enabled"  applications so that on-line access to all order entry,
          network operations,  billing, and customer care functions is available
          to all authorized users, including Level 3's customers and resellers;

     o    use of a  tiered,  client/server  architecture  that  is  designed  to
          separate data and  applications,  and is expected to enable  continued
          improvement of software functionality at minimum cost; and

     o    use  of  pre-developed  or  "shrink   wrapped"   applications,   where
          applicable,  which will  interface to Level 3's  internally  developed
          applications.

Interconnection and Peering

     As a result of the Telecom Act, properly  certificated  companies may, as a
matter  of law,  interconnect  with  ILECs  on  terms  designed  to help  ensure
economic,  technical  and  administrative  equality  between the  interconnected
parties.  The Telecom Act provides,  among other  things,  that ILECs must offer
competitors  the  services  and  facilities  necessary  to offer local  switched
services. See "Regulation."

     As of December  31,  2001,  the Company  had entered  into  interconnection
agreements covering 58 markets.  The Company may be required to negotiate new or
renegotiate  existing   interconnection   agreements  as  Level  3


expands its  operations in current and  additional  markets in the future and as
existing agreements expire or are terminated.

     Peering  agreements between the Company and ISPs are necessary in order for
the Company to exchange  traffic with those ISPs  without  having to pay transit
costs.  The Company is  considered  a Tier 1 Internet  Service  Provider and has
settlement free peering  arrangements with all ISPs in North America. In Europe,
the Company has settlement  free peering  arrangements  with all ISPs except one
major Tier 1 ISP. The Company is currently  negotiating  settlement free peering
arrangements  with this ISP.  The  basis on which the large  national  ISPs make
peering available or impose  settlement  charges is evolving as the provision of
Internet access and related services has expanded.

Employee Recruiting and Retention

     As of December 31, 2001, Level 3 had 3,178 employees in the  communications
portion of its business and (i)Structure had approximately 549 employees,  for a
total  of 3,727  employees.  These  numbers  do not  include  the  employees  of
Corporate Software,  since this transaction closed on March 13, 2002.  Corporate
Software has  approximately 800 employees  worldwide.  The Company believes that
its  ability to  implement  the  Business  Plan will depend in large part on its
ability  to attract  and retain  substantial  numbers  of  additional  qualified
employees.

     In order to attract  and retain  highly  qualified  employees,  the Company
believes that it is important to provide (i) a work  environment that encourages
each individual to perform to his or her potential, (ii) a work environment that
facilitates  cooperation  towards shared goals and (iii) a compensation  program
designed to attract  the kinds of  individuals  the  Company  seeks and to align
employees' interests with the Company's.  The Company believes that its policies
and practices help provide such a work environment. With respect to compensation
programs,  while the Company believes financial rewards alone are not sufficient
to attract  and retain  qualified  employees,  the  Company  believes a properly
designed  compensation  program is a necessary component of employee recruitment
and  retention.  In this regard the  Company's  philosophy is to pay annual cash
compensation,  which,  if the  Company's  annual  goals are met,  is  moderately
greater than the cash compensation paid by competitors.  The Company's  non-cash
benefit  programs  (including  medical  and health  insurance,  life  insurance,
disability  insurance,  etc.) are designed to be  comparable to those offered by
its  competitors.  As  economic  conditions  dictate,  the  Company  reviews the
structure of its  compensation  plans and may make adjustments to these plans as
these conditions warrant.

     The  Company  believes  that  the  qualified   candidates  it  seeks  place
particular  emphasis on equity-based long term incentive  ("LTI") programs.  The
Company  currently  has  two  complementary   programs:   (i)  the  equity-based
"Shareworks"  program,  which helps ensure that all employees  have an ownership
interest  in the  Company  and are  encouraged  to invest  risk  capital  in the
Company's stock; and (ii) an innovative  Outperform Stock Option ("OSO") program
applicable to the Company's employees.  The Shareworks program currently enables
employees to  contribute up to 7% of their  compensation  toward the purchase of
restricted common stock, which purchases are matched one for one by the Company.
If an employee  remains employed by the Company for three years from the date of
purchase,  the shares that are  contributed by the Company will vest. The shares
that are  purchased  by the  employee  are vested at the time of  purchase.  The
Shareworks  program  also  provides  that,   subject  to  satisfactory   Company
performance, the Company's employees will be eligible annually for grants by the
Company of its restricted  common stock of up to a set percentage  determined by
the  Compensation  Committee  of  the  Board  of  Directors  of  the  employees'
compensation,  which  shares will vest three years from the  employee's  initial
grant date. For the year ended  December 31,  2001,  the Company  granted to its
eligible employees a 5% grant.

     The Company has adopted the OSO  program,  which  differs from LTI programs
generally adopted by the Company's  competitors that make employees eligible for
conventional  non-qualified stock options ("NQSOs").  While widely adopted,  the
Company  believes such NQSO programs  reward  employees when company stock price
performance  is  inferior  to  investments  of  similar  risks,   dilute  public
stockholders  in a manner not directly  proportional  to performance and fail to
provide a preferred return on stockholders'  invested capital over the return to
option  holders.  The  Company  believes  that the OSO program is superior to an
NQSO-based  program  with  respect  to these  issues  while,  at the same  time,
providing employees a success-based reward balancing the associated risk.


     The Company's  OSO program is the primary  component of Level 3's long term
incentive,  stock based compensation  programs.  The OSO program was designed by
the Company so that its  stockholders  receive a market  related return on their
investment  before OSO holders receive any return on their options.  The Company
believes  that  the OSO  program  better  aligns  employees'  and  stockholders'
interests by basing stock option value on the  Company's  ability to  outperform
the market in general,  as measured by the S&P 500 Index. The value received for
options under the OSO plan is based on a formula involving a multiplier  related
to  how  much  the  Company's  common  stock  outperforms  the  S&P  500  Index.
Participants in the OSO program do not realize any value from options unless our
common stock price outperforms the S&P 500 Index. To the extent that the Level 3
common stock  outperforms the S&P 500, the value of OSOs to an option holder may
exceed the value of NQSOs.

     In July 2000,  the Company  adopted a convertible  outperform  stock option
program,  ("C-OSO") as an  extension of the existing OSO plan.  The program is a
component of the Company's ongoing employee retention efforts and offers similar
features to those of an OSO,  but  provides an employee  with the greater of the
value of a single  share  of the  Company's  common  stock at  exercise,  or the
calculated OSO value of a single OSO at the time of exercise.

     C-OSO  awards were made to eligible  employees  employed on the date of the
grant.  The awards were made in  September  2000 and December  2000.  Each award
vests over  three  years as  follows:  1/6 of each grant at the end of the first
year, a further 2/6 at the end of the second year and the  remaining  3/6 in the
third year. Each award is immediately  exercisable  upon vesting.  Awards expire
four years from the date of the grant.  In September  2001, the Company  granted
Special  Convertible   Outperform  Stock  Option  ("Special  COSO")  to  certain
employees  on the date of grant.  Each  Special  COSO  vests in equal  quarterly
installments  over three  years and is  immediately  exercisable  upon  vesting.
Special COSOs expire four years from the date of grant.

     Subsequent to March 31, 1998 (the  effective  date of the separation of the
Company's  former  construction  business),  the Company adopted the recognition
provisions  of SFAS No. 123.  Under SFAS No.  123,  the fair value of an OSO (as
computed in accordance  with accepted  option  valuation  models) on the date of
grant  is  amortized  over  the  vesting  period  of the  OSO.  The  recognition
provisions of SFAS No. 123 are applied prospectively upon adoption. As a result,
they are applied to all stock awards granted in the year of adoption and are not
applied to awards  granted in previous years unless those awards are modified or
settled in cash after adoption of the  recognition  provisions.  The adoption of
SFAS No. 123 resulted in non-cash charges to operations of $314 million in 2001,
$236  million in 2000 and $125  million in 1999 and will  continue  to result in
non-cash charges to operations for future periods that the Company believes will
also be  material.  The amount of the non-cash  charge will be dependent  upon a
number of factors,  including  the number of options  granted and the fair value
estimated at the time of grant.

Competition

     Communications.  The communications industry is highly competitive. Many of
the Company's existing and potential competitors in the communications  industry
have financial,  personnel,  marketing and other resources significantly greater
than those of the Company,  as well as other  competitive  advantages  including
larger customer bases.  Increased  consolidation and strategic  alliances in the
industry  resulting  from the Telecom  Act,  the  opening of the U.S.  market to
foreign carriers,  technological  advances and further  deregulation  could give
rise to significant new competitors to the Company.

     In  recent  years,  competition  has  increased  in all  areas of Level 3's
communications   services  market.  The  increased  number  of  competitors  and
resulting  investment in  telecommunications  networks has created a substantial
oversupply of network capacity in the industry.  While the Company believes that
this  oversupply  condition  is  temporary,  the  oversupply  has resulted in an
intensely competitive  environment forcing numerous competitors to curtail their
business  plans  and,  in a  number  of  cases,  to file  for  protection  under
bankruptcy  or  protection  from  creditor   statutes.   The  Company's  primary
competitors  are IXCs,  ILECs,  CLECs,  ISPs and other  companies  that  provide
communications  products and services.  The following information identifies key
competitors for each of the Company's product offerings.

     For transport services,  Level 3's key competitors in the United States are
other   facilities   based    communications    companies   including   Williams
Communications, Global Crossing, Qwest Communications, and


Broadwing.  In Europe,  the Company's key competitors are other carriers such as
KPNQwest N.V., Telia International, Colt Telecom Group plc, WorldCom, and Global
Crossing.

     The Company's key competitors  for its (3)Connect  Modem services are other
providers of dial up Internet access including WorldCom, Genuity, Sprint, Qwest,
ICG and AT&T.  In  addition,  the key  competitors  for the  Company's  (3)Voice
service  offering are other providers of wholesale long distance  communications
services  including  AT&T,  WorldCom,  Sprint and certain  RBOCs.  The RBOCs are
seeking  authorizations  to provide  certain long distance  services  which will
further  increase  competition  in the long distance  services  market.  See "-
Regulation."

     Level 3's key competitors for its (3)Center  Colocation  services are other
facilities based communications  companies,  and other colocation providers such
as web hosting companies and third party colocation  companies.  These companies
include  Cable & Wireless,  Equinix,  Switch & Data,  Qwest  Communications  and
Broadwing.

     For the Company's  (3)Crossroads  Internet access service, Level 3 competes
with companies that include WorldCom,  Genuity,  Sprint, AT&T, Cable & Wireless,
and Qwest.

     The communications  industry is subject to rapid and significant changes in
technology.  For instance,  recent  technological  advances  permit  substantial
increases  in  transmission  capacity of both new and  existing  fiber,  and the
introduction  of new products or emergence  of new  technologies  may reduce the
cost or  increase  the supply of  certain  services  similar to those  which the
Company  plans on  providing.  Accordingly,  in the  future the  Company's  most
significant   competitors  may  be  new  entrants  to  the   communications  and
information  services  industry,  which are not burdened by an installed base of
outmoded or legacy equipment.

     Corporate  Software.  The personal  computer  software  market is intensely
competitive.  With respect to its business, Corporate Software faces competition
from a wide variety of sources,  including "software-only"  resellers,  hardware
resellers and manufacturers and large systems  integrators.  Current competitors
from the software-only  reseller category would include Software Spectrum,  ASAP
Software and Softwarehouse International.

     Competitors  also  include  hardware  resellers  and  manufacturers.  These
companies compete in the large and mid-size  organization markets with marketing
efforts  to  provide  customers  with  software  and  hardware  services.   Such
competitors include Dell Computer  Corporation and Compaq Computer  Corporation,
hardware  manufacturers that also sell software, and systems integrators such as
Compucom Systems, Inc. Many of these companies do have a global presence.

     The manner in which personal computer software products are distributed and
sold is  continually  changing  and new  methods of  distribution  may emerge or
expand.  Software  publishers may intensify their efforts to sell their products
directly to end-users,  including  current and potential  customers of Corporate
Software,  without  utilizing  services  such as  those  provided  by  Corporate
Software.  In the past, direct sales from software  publishers to end-users have
not  been  significant,  although  end-users  have  traditionally  been  able to
purchase upgrades  directly from publishers.  From time to time, some publishers
have  instituted  programs  for the direct  sale of large  order  quantities  of
software to major corporate  accounts,  and Corporate Software  anticipates that
these types of  transactions  will continue to be used by various  publishers in
the future.  Corporate  Software  could be adversely  affected if major software
publishers  successfully  implement  or expand  programs  for the direct sale of
software through volume purchase  agreements or other  arrangements  intended to
exclude the resale channel.  The licensing program changes recently announced by
Microsoft  are not  expected to reduce the role of the  reseller  channel in the
sale of Microsoft products.  Corporate Software believes that the total range of
services  it  provides  to  its  customers  cannot  be  easily   substituted  by
publishers,  particularly  because publishers do not offer the scope of services
or  product  offerings  required  by most  of  Corporate  Software's  customers.
However,  there can be no assurance  that  publishers  will not  increase  their
efforts to sell substantial quantities of software directly to end-users without
engaging  Corporate  Software  to provide  value-added  services.  If the resale
channel's  participation in volume license and maintenance agreements is reduced
or eliminated,  or if other methods of  distribution  of software become common,
Corporate   Software's  business  and  financial  results  could  be  materially
adversely  affected.  Corporate  Software currently delivers a limited amount of
software  through  electronic  software  distribution and intends to continue to
participate in this method of software  distribution  as demand for this service
by large  organizations  emerges and as


communications  technology  improvements permit electronic software distribution
to be made securely and efficiently.

     (i)Structure.  The information technology infrastructure outsourcing market
is highly  competitive.  There are few barriers to entry for new  entrants  with
access to  capital.  Companies  compete on  reliability  of their data  centers,
knowledge and competency of technical staff, quality of service and price. Large
competitors  have many resources  available to them including  longer  operating
history, name recognition, greater financial resources, large installed customer
base and established industry relationships.  These competitors may also be able
to provide  services  outside of the data  center,  which can be used in pricing
negotiations.  (i)Structure  prices  competitively,  but larger companies may be
able to more  effectively  compete on price to obtain the  potential  customer's
business.

     At  present,  (i)Structures's  competitors  in the  information  technology
infrastructure outsourcing market include:

     o    larger established computer  outsourcing  companies such as IBM Global
          Services, EDS, and Computer Sciences Corporation (CSC);

     o    midsize  companies  or  divisions  of  larger  companies  such as ACS,
          Acxiom, and Lockheed; and

     o    enterprises  that  maintain  their  computer  processing  environments
          in-house.

     (i)Structure  expects to offer application  software services  primarily in
Europe.  The market for these services is highly  competitive  and there are few
barriers  to  entry.   Companies  are  competing  on  the  usefulness  of  their
intellectual  property,  knowledge and competency of technical staff, quality of
service and price.  Large  competitors  have many  resources  available  to them
including  longer  operating  history,   name  recognition,   greater  financial
resources, large installed customer base and established industry relationships.
At present,  (i)Structure's  competitors in the  application  software  services
market include European software development businesses and IT service companies
such as S1 Inc., Bottomline Technologies, Inc. and Eontec.

Regulation

     The Company's  communications  and  information  services  business will be
subject  to  varying  degrees  of  federal,   state,   local  and  international
regulation.

          Pending Legislation

     On February  27,  2002,  the U.S.  House of  Representatives  approved  The
Internet Freedom and Broadband Deployment Act of 2001 (H.R. 1542), also known as
the Tauzin-Dingell  bill, by a count of 273-157. The legislation allows the Bell
Operating  Companies to offer  in-region  long distance  data  services  without
meeting the requirements of Section 271 of the  Telecommunications  Act of 1996.
In addition,  the legislation  removes  requirements that the RBOCs sell certain
network   elements,   including   line-sharing  and  fiber-fed  local  loops  to
competitive carriers.  The  Telecommunications  Act of 1996 (1996 Act) requires
RBOCs to open their  networks to competitors  before the incumbent  carriers may
enter the  long-distance  voice market and provide  nondiscriminatory  access to
unbundled  network  elements.  It is unclear  whether  the  legislation  will be
approved by the United States Senate.  If  Tauzin-Dingell  becomes law, it could
materially  alter how the  company  provides  it  services,  to whom it sells it
services and how the company prices those services.

         Federal Regulation

     The FCC regulates interstate and international telecommunications services.
The FCC imposes extensive regulations on common carriers such as ILECs that have
some degree of market power.  The FCC imposes less regulation on common carriers
without  market power,  such as the Company.  The FCC permits these  nondominant
carriers to provide domestic  interstate  services  (including long distance and
access  services)  without  prior  authorization;  but it  requires  carriers to
receive an authorization to construct and operate telecommunications facilities,
and to provide or resell telecommunications  services, between the United States
and international points.


The Company has recently obtained FCC approval to land its  transatlantic  cable
in the U.S. The Company has obtained FCC authorization to provide  international
services on a facilities and resale basis. The Company has filed tariffs for its
access and international long distance services with the FCC.

     Under the Telecom Act, any entity,  including cable  television  companies,
and electric and gas utilities, may enter any telecommunications market, subject
to  reasonable  state  regulation  of safety,  quality and consumer  protection.
Because  implementation  of the Telecom  Act is subject to numerous  federal and
state  policy  rulemaking  proceedings  and  judicial  review,  there  is  still
uncertainty  as to what impact it will have on the  Company.  The Telecom Act is
intended to  increase  competition.  The  Telecom  Act opens the local  services
market  by  requiring  ILECs to permit  interconnection  to their  networks  and
establishing ILEC obligations with respect to:

     o    Reciprocal  Compensation.  Requires  all ILECs  and CLECs to  complete
          calls originated by competing  carriers under reciprocal  arrangements
          at prices based on a reasonable  approximation  of incremental cost or
          through mutual exchange of traffic without explicit payment.

     o    Resale.  Requires  all  ILECs  and  CLECs to  permit  resale  of their
          telecommunications   services  without  unreasonable  restrictions  or
          conditions.  In  addition,  ILECs  are  required  to  offer  wholesale
          versions of all retail services to other  telecommunications  carriers
          for resale at discounted rates, based on the costs avoided by the ILEC
          in the wholesale offering.

     o    Interconnection.   Requires  all  ILECs  and  CLECs  to  permit  their
          competitors to interconnect with their facilities.  Requires all ILECs
          to permit  interconnection  at any  technically  feasible point within
          their networks, on nondiscriminatory terms and at prices based on cost
          (which may include a reasonable  profit). At the option of the carrier
          seeking  interconnection,   colocation  of  the  requesting  carrier's
          equipment in an ILEC's premises must be offered, except where the ILEC
          can demonstrate  space  limitations or other technical  impediments to
          colocation.

     o    Unbundled  Access.  Requires  all ILECs to  provide  nondiscriminatory
          access to specified  unbundled  network  elements  (including  certain
          network facilities,  equipment, features, functions, and capabilities)
          at  any  technically   feasible  point  within  their   networks,   on
          nondiscriminatory terms and at prices based on cost (which may include
          a reasonable profit).

     o    Number  Portability.  Requires  all ILECs and CLECs to permit,  to the
          extent technically feasible,  users of telecommunications  services to
          retain  existing  telephone  numbers  without  impairment  of quality,
          reliability or convenience when switching from one  telecommunications
          carrier to another.

     o    Dialing  Parity.  Requires  all ILECs and CLECs to provide  "1+" equal
          access to competing  providers of telephone  exchange service and toll
          service, and to provide nondiscriminatory access to telephone numbers,
          operator services,  directory assistance,  and directory listing, with
          no unreasonable dialing delays.

     o    Access  to  Rights-of-Way.  Requires  all  ILECs  and  CLECs to permit
          competing carriers access to poles, ducts,  conduits and rights-of-way
          at regulated prices.

     ILECs are required to negotiate in good faith with carriers  requesting any
or all of the above  arrangements.  If the  negotiating  carriers  cannot  reach
agreement  within  a  prescribed  time,   either  carrier  may  request  binding
arbitration of the disputed issues by the state regulatory commission. Even when
an  agreement  has not been  reached,  ILECs remain  subject to  interconnection
obligations  established  by the FCC  and  state  telecommunications  regulatory
commissions.

In August 1996,  the FCC released a decision  (the  "Interconnection  Decision")
establishing  rules  implementing  the  above-listed  requirements and providing
guidelines  for review of  interconnection  agreements  by state public  utility
commissions.  The United  States  Court of Appeals for the Eighth  Circuit  (the
"Eighth Circuit") vacated certain portions of the Interconnection  Decision.  On
January 25, 1999,  the Supreme Court reversed the Eighth Circuit with respect to
the FCC's  jurisdiction to issue  regulations  governing  local  interconnection
pricing


(including  regulations  governing reciprocal  compensation).  The Supreme Court
also found that the FCC had authority to promulgate a "pick and choose" rule and
upheld most of the FCC's rules governing access to unbundled  network  elements.
The Supreme  Court,  however,  remanded to the FCC the standard by which the FCC
identified  the network  elements  that must be made  available  on an unbundled
basis.

     On November 5, 1999,  the FCC released an order largely  retaining its list
of unbundled network elements but eliminating the requirement that ILECs provide
unbundled access to local switching for customers with four or more lines in the
densest  portion  of  the  top  50  Metropolitan   Statistical  Areas,  and  the
requirement  to unbundle  operator  services and  directory  assistance.  In its
decision,  the FCC  reaffirmed  that network  elements  should be priced using a
total element long run incremental pricing ("TELRIC")  methodology.  A number of
parties challenged the FCC's TELRIC finding.  On Jan. 22, 2001, the U.S. Supreme
Court agreed to hear those  appeals.  Oral argument took place on Oct. 10, 2001.
The Supreme  Court's  decision  could effect some pricing terms in the Company's
existing  interconnection  agreements  and  may  require  the  renegotiation  of
existing  interconnection  agreements.  The Supreme Court's  decision could also
result in new rules being promulgated by the FCC. Given the general  uncertainty
surrounding  the effect of these  decisions and appeals,  the Company may not be
able to continue to obtain or enforce  interconnection terms that are acceptable
to it or that are consistent with its business plans.

     The Telecom Act also codifies the ILECs' equal access and nondiscrimination
obligations and preempts inconsistent state regulation. The Telecom Act contains
special  provisions that modify previous court decrees that prevented RBOCs from
providing long distance  services and engaging in  telecommunications  equipment
manufacturing.  These provisions permit a RBOC to enter the long distance market
in  its  traditional  service  area  if  it  satisfies  several  procedural  and
substantive  requirements,  including obtaining FCC approval upon a showing that
the  RBOC  has  entered  into   interconnection   agreements   (or,  under  some
circumstances,  has offered to enter into such  agreements)  in those  states in
which it seeks long distance relief,  the  interconnection  agreements satisfy a
14-point "checklist" of competitive requirements,  and the FCC is satisfied that
the RBOC's entry into long distance markets is in the public interest.  To date,
the FCC has approved  petitions to provide long  distance  service by Verizon in
New York, Massachusetts,  Connecticut,  Pennsylvania,  and Rhode Island. Verizon
has  applications  pending in New  Jersey,  and  Vermont  Southwestern  Bell has
received approval for Texas, Oklahoma Kansas, Arkansas and Missouri..  BellSouth
has  applications  pending for Georgia and Louisiana.  The Telecom Act permitted
the RBOCs to enter the out-of-region  long distance market  immediately upon its
enactment.

     In  October  1996,  the FCC  adopted  an order in which it  eliminated  the
requirement that  non-dominant  carriers such as the Company maintain tariffs on
file with the FCC for domestic  interstate  services.  On February 13, 1997, the
U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia stayed  implementation of the
FCC order. On April 28, 2000, all litigation with respect to the FCC's order was
resolved  in favor of the FCC.  As a result,  a  deadline  of August 1, 2001 was
established for non-dominant carriers, such as Level 3, to eliminate tariffs for
interstate  services.  In March 2001, the FCC also ordered that all  nondominant
interexchange carriers detariff international  interexchange services by January
28,  2002.  Pursuant  to these  orders,  the  Company  cancelled  its tariff for
domestic  interstate and international  private line services effective July 31,
2001.  The Company's  state tariffs  remain in place.  While tariffs  provided a
means of  providing  notice of prices  as well as terms and  conditions  for the
provision of service, the Company has historically relied primarily on its sales
force and marketing activities to provide information to its customers regarding
these matters and expects to continue to do so. Further,  in accordance with the
FCC's orders the Company maintains a schedule of its rates, terms and conditions
for its  domestic  and  international  private  line  services on its website at
www.level3.com.

     In 2001,  the FCC adopted its CLEC access charge order adopting a benchmark
rate for CLEC access charges. The order became effective in June 2001. The rules
establish  a  conclusive  presumption  that  CLEC  access  rates at or below the
benchmark  are just and  reasonable.  The FCC  adopted a  three-year  transition
period until the rates reach the rates  charged by the ILEC in the same area. In
addition,  the FCC clarified that an  interexchange  carrier's  refusal to serve
customers of a CLEC that tariffs  access rates at or below the  benchmark  rate,
when the interexchange carrier serves ILEC end users in the same area, generally
constitutes  a  violation  of their  duty to  provide  service  upon  reasonable
request.  The  CLEC  access  charge  order  is  subject  to both  petitions  for
reconsideration  at the FCC  and  appeals  in the  U.S.  Court  of  Appeals.  In
addition,  CLEC access charges are among the  intercarrier  compensation  issues
addressed  in the  FCC's  Notice  of  Proposed  Rulemaking  regarding  a unified
intercarrier compensation regime. The Company's long standing policy has been to
mirror the access rates charged


by the ILECs. Because the rates established by the FCC in the CLEC access charge
order are consistent with the ILEC rates,  the Company is not required to change
the manner in which access charges are assessed or collected.

     Beginning in June 1997, every RBOC advised CLECs that they did not consider
calls in the same local calling area from their customers to CLEC customers, who
are ISPs,  to be local calls under the  interconnection  agreements  between the
RBOCs and the CLECs.  The RBOCs claim that these calls are exchange access calls
for which exchange  access  charges would be owed.  The RBOCs claimed,  however,
that the FCC exempted these calls from access charges so that no compensation is
owed to the CLECs for transporting and terminating such calls. As a result,  the
RBOCs  threatened  to  withhold,  and in many  cases  did  withhold,  reciprocal
compensation  for  the  transport  and  termination  of  such  calls.  To  date,
thirty-six  state  commissions  have ruled on this issue in the context of state
commission arbitration proceedings or enforcement proceedings.  In thirty- three
states,   to  date,  the  state   commission  has  determined   that  reciprocal
compensation  is owed for such calls.  Several of these cases are  presently  on
appeal.  Reviewing  courts have upheld the state  commissions in eight decisions
rendered  to date on appeal.  Decisions  in the Fourth,  Fifth and Seventh  U.S.
Circuit  Courts of Appeal  have  upheld  state  determinations  that  reciprocal
compensation  is owed for ISP bound  traffic.  A decision is pending  before the
U.S.  Circuit  Court of Appeals for the  District of  Columbia.  On February 25,
1999,  the FCC  issued  a  Declaratory  Ruling  on the  issue  of  inter-carrier
compensation  for calls bound to ISPs.  The FCC ruled that the calls are largely
jurisdictionally interstate calls, not local calls. The FCC, however, determined
that this issue was not  dispositive of whether  inter-carrier  compensation  is
owed.

     The FCC noted a number of factors  which would allow the state  commissions
to leave their decisions requiring the payment of compensation undisturbed. That
decision  was  appealed  to the Court of Appeals  for the  District  of Columbia
Circuit which held on appeal that the FCC had failed to  adequately  support its
conclusions under the requirements of the  Telecommunications  Act. On April 18,
2001,  the FCC  adopted an new order  regarding  intercarrier  compensation  for
ISP-bound  traffic.  In that Order, the Commission set out to address the issues
raised by the Court of Appeals and established a new  intercarrier  compensation
mechanism  for  ISP-bound  traffic.  In  addition  to  establishing  a new  rate
structure,   the  Commission   capped  the  amount  of  traffic  that  would  be
"compensable"  and prohibited  payment for ISP-traffic to carriers  entering new
markets.  The April 2001 order was appealed  and on Feb. 12, 2002,  the Court of
Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit heard oral argument.  A decision is
expected in the summer of 2002.

     Although there is a fair amount of uncertainty  surrounding  the regulatory
and economic treatment of ISP-bound  traffic,  the Company has over the past two
years  entered into  agreements  with  Verizon,  formerly  Bell  Atlantic,  that
provides for payment for ISP bound  traffic in the 14-state  Verizon  territory,
the SBC  Corporation  for the 13-state  operating  territory  that  includes its
affiliates Pacific Bell,  Southwestern Bell,  Ameritech and Southern New England
Telephone and BellSouth in its nine-state operating territory. Given the general
uncertainty  surrounding the effect of these decisions and appeals,  the Company
may have to change how it treats the  compensation  it receives for  terminating
calls  bound for  Internet  Service  Providers  if the  agreements  under  which
compensation is paid incorporate changes in FCC rules and regulations.

     The FCC has to date treated ISPs as "enhanced  service  providers,"  exempt
from federal and state  regulations  governing  common  carriers,  including the
obligation to pay access charges and  contribute to the universal  service fund.
Nevertheless,  regulations governing disclosure of confidential  communications,
copyright,  excise  tax,  and  other  requirements  may  apply to the  Company's
provision of Internet access services. The Company cannot predict the likelihood
that state, federal or foreign governments will impose additional  regulation on
the  Company's  Internet  business,  nor can it predict  the impact  that future
regulation will have on the Company's operations.

     In December 1996, the FCC initiated a Notice of Inquiry  regarding  whether
to impose  regulations  or  surcharges  upon  providers  of Internet  access and
information  services  (the  "Internet  NOI").  The Internet  NOI sought  public
comment  upon  whether to impose or  continue  to forebear  from  regulation  of
Internet and other packet-switched  network service providers.  The Internet NOI
specifically  identifies  Internet telephony as a subject for FCC consideration.
On April 10, 1998, the FCC issued a Report to Congress on its  implementation of
the universal  service  provisions  of the Telecom Act. In that Report,  the FCC
stated, among other things, that the provision of transmission  capacity to ISPs
constitutes the provision of  telecommunications  and is, therefore,  subject to
common carrier regulations. The FCC indicated that it would reexamine its policy
of not requiring an ISP to contribute to the


universal  service  mechanisms  when  the  ISP  provides  its  own  transmission
facilities  and  engages in data  transport  over those  facilities  in order to
provide an information  service. Any such contribution by a facilities based ISP
would be related to the ISP's  provision  of the  underlying  telecommunications
services.  In the  Report,  the FCC also  indicated  that it would  examine  the
question  of  whether  certain  forms  of   "phone-to-phone   Internet  Protocol
telephony" are information  services or  telecommunications  services.  It noted
that the FCC did not have an  adequate  record  on which to make any  definitive
pronouncements  on that  issue at this  time,  but that the  record  the FCC had
reviewed  suggests  that  certain  forms  of  phone-to-phone  Internet  Protocol
telephony  appear  to  have  similar   functionality  to  non-Internet  Protocol
telecommunications  services and lack the characteristics that would render them
information  services.  If the  FCC  were to  determine  that  certain  Internet
Protocol telephony services are subject to FCC regulations as telecommunications
services,  the FCC  noted it may  find it  reasonable  that the ISPs pay  access
charges  and  make  universal  service  contributions  similar  to  non-Internet
Protocol based  telecommunications  service  providers.  The FCC also noted that
other forms of Internet  Protocol  telephony appear to be information  services.
The  Company  cannot  predict  the  outcome  of these  proceedings  or other FCC
proceedings  that may  effect  the  Company's  operations  or impose  additional
requirements,  regulations  or charges upon the Company's  provision of Internet
access services.

     The  Communications  Act  requires  that every  telecommunications  carrier
contribute,  on an equitable and non-discriminatory  basis, to federal universal
service  mechanisms  established by the FCC, and the FCC also requires providers
of non-common  carrier  telecommunications  to contribute to universal  service,
subject to some exclusions and limitations.  At present, these contributions are
calculated based on contributors'  interstate and international revenues derived
from  U.S.  domestic  end  users for  telecommunications  or  telecommunications
services, as those terms are defined under FCC regulations. Level 3, pursuant to
federal  regulations,  pays  these  contributions.   The  amount  of  Level  3's
contributions  can vary based upon the total amount of federal universal service
support  being  provided  under  the FCC's  federal  mechanisms  and  associated
administrative  expenses,  the  methodology  used by the FCC to  calculate  each
carrier's contributions, and, at present, the proportion of Level 3's assessable
interstate and  international  revenues  derived from its domestic end users for
telecommunications or telecommunications services to, for all contributors,  the
total amount of assessable  interstate and  international  revenues derived from
domestic end users for  telecommunications or telecommunications  services.  The
extent  to  which  Level  3's   services   are  viewed  as   telecommunications/
telecommunications  services or as  information  services will also affect Level
3's contributions. The FCC has pending several proceedings that could affect the
total amount of universal service support,  including proceedings related to the
types of service  that receive  subsidy  support,  the extent of  subsidies  for
rural,  insular  and high cost  areas.  The FCC is also  considering  whether to
change its  methodology for assessing a carrier's  contributions  from a revenue
based methodology to an end-user connection based methodology. Level 3 is unable
to predict which of these proposed  changes,  if any, the FCC will adopt and the
cumulative  effect of any such changes on Level 3's total  subsidy  contribution
payments.

     In 1999, the FCC  strengthened  its existing  colocation rules to encourage
competitive  deployment  of high-speed  data  services.  The order,  among other
things,  restricted  the ability of ILECs to prevent  certain types of equipment
from  being  colocated  and  required  ILECs  to  offer  alternative  colocation
arrangements  that will be less costly.  Early in 2000, the D.C.  Circuit struck
down several aspects of the colocation order and remanded it back to the FCC for
further  consideration.  In response to the remand, the FCC released an order in
August 2001. In that order, the FCC found that  multifunctional  equipment could
be collocated  only if the primary  purpose and function of the equipment is for
the CLEC to  obtain  "equal in  quality"  interconnection  or  nondiscriminatory
access to UNEs. The FCC also  eliminated its rules that gave CLECs the option of
picking their physical  collocation space.  Following this remand order, several
ILECs filed  petitions  for review with the D.C.  Circuit.  The oral argument is
scheduled for May 10, 2002.

     In recent months,  the FCC has initiated a number of  proceedings  that may
have an effect on how the FCC regulates local competition and broadband services
as well as how it assesses universal service contribution requirements.  Because
these proceedings are in the early stages of the rulemaking process, the Company
is unable to assess the potential effect at this time.

     Performance  Measurements  and Standards for UNEs and  Interconnection.  In
November 2001, the FCC released a Notice of Proposed  Rulemaking seeking comment
on the proposal to adopt  performance  measurements and standards for evaluating
ILEC performance in the provision of UNEs.


     Performance  Measurements  and  Standards  for  Interstate  Special  Access
Services.  In November  2001,  the FCC released a Notice of Proposed  Rulemaking
seeking comment on whether it should adopt specific performance measurements and
standards  for  evaluating  the ILECs'  performance  in the provision of special
access services.

     Triennial  Review of the  Commission's UNE Rules. In December 2001, the FCC
released a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking to undertake a comprehensive  review of
the unbundling rules.  This rulemaking  address  consolidates  issues pending in
various other proceedings, including access to high capacity loops and dedicated
transport, local switching, and next-generation networks.

     Examination  of  Regulatory  Treatment  of  Incumbent  Carriers'  Broadband
Telecommunications  Services. On December 20, 2001, the FCC released a Notice of
Proposed Rulemaking  proposing to declare ILECs non-dominant in the provision of
broadband  services,  and thereby reduce the regulatory  requirements  they must
comply with, on grounds that sufficient competition from cable,  satellite,  and
terrestrial wireless providers exists to check ILEC market power.

     Appropriate  Framework for  Broadband  Access to the Internet over Wireline
Facilities.  On  February  15,  2002,  the FCC  released  a Notice  of  Proposed
Rulemaking  proposing to  deregulate  ILEC  provision  of broadband  services by
declaring them "information  services" exempt from Title II regulation under the
Communications   Act.   The  NPRM  further   solicits   comments  on  whether  a
reclassification  of  ILEC  broadband  Internet  services  would  eliminate  the
unbundling  and  interconnection  rules that  currently  apply to such services.
Finally,  the NPRM also asks  whether  wireline  facilities-based  providers  of
broadband  Internet  access services - including  cable,  wireless and satellite
providers - should contribute to the Universal Service subsidy funds.

         State Regulation

     The   Telecom   Act   is   intended   to   increase   competition   in  the
telecommunications  industry,  especially  in the local  exchange  market.  With
respect to local services,  ILECs are required to allow interconnection to their
networks and to provide  unbundled  access to network  facilities,  as well as a
number of other  procompetitive  measures.  Because  the  implementation  of the
Telecom Act is subject to numerous state rulemaking proceedings on these issues,
it is  currently  difficult to predict how quickly  full  competition  for local
services, including local dial tone, will be introduced.

     State regulatory  agencies have  jurisdiction  when Company  facilities and
services are used to provide  intrastate  services.  A portion of the  Company's
traffic  may  be  classified  as  intrastate  and  therefore  subject  to  state
regulation.  The Company  expects  that it will offer more  intrastate  services
(including  intrastate  switched  services) as its  business  and product  lines
expand.  To provide  intrastate  services,  the Company  generally must obtain a
certificate of public convenience and necessity from the state regulatory agency
and comply with state requirements for telecommunications  utilities,  including
state  tariffing  requirements.  The Company  currently is authorized to provide
telecommunications  services in all fifty  states and the  District of Columbia.
The Company is seeking expanded  authority in the states of Alaska,  California,
Georgia,  Idaho, Maine,  Minnesota,  Missouri,  North Carolina,  Ohio, Oklahoma,
Oregon,   Pennsylvania,   South  Dakota,  Tennessee,  Utah,  West  Virginia  and
Wisconsin.  In addition,  the Company will be required to obtain interconnection
agreements with independent telephone companies in each state where it wishes to
expand its  network  coverage.  States also often  require  prior  approvals  or
notifications  for  certain  transfers  of assets,  customers  or  ownership  of
certificated carriers and for issuances by certified carriers of equity or debt.

         Local Regulation

     The Company's  networks will be subject to numerous local  regulations such
as  building  codes and  licensing.  Such  regulations  vary on a  city-by-city,
county-  by-county  and  state-by-state  basis.  To install  its own fiber optic
transmission  facilities,  the Company  will need to obtain  rights-of-way  over
privately and publicly owned land.  Rights-of-way  that are not already  secured
may not be available to the Company on  economically  reasonable or advantageous
terms.


         Canadian Regulation

     The  Canadian  Radio-television  and  Telecommunications   Commission  (the
"CRTC") generally regulates long distance telecommunications services in Canada.
Regulatory developments over the past several years have terminated the historic
monopolies of the regional telephone companies, bringing significant competition
to this industry for both domestic and international long distance services, but
also lessening regulation of domestic long distance companies. Resellers, which,
as well as facilities-based carriers, now have interconnection rights, but which
are not obligated to file tariffs,  may not only provide transborder services to
the U.S. by reselling the services provided by the regional  companies and other
entities but also may resell the services of the former  monopoly  international
carrier,  Teleglobe  Canada  ("Teleglobe"),   including  offering  international
switched  services  provisioned  over leased  lines.  Although the CRTC formerly
restricted  the  practice  of  "switched  hubbing"  over  leased  lines  through
intermediate countries to or from a third country, the CRTC recently lifted this
restriction. The Teleglobe monopoly on international services and undersea cable
landing  rights  terminated  as of October 1, 1998,  although  the  provision of
Canadian international transmission facilities-based services remains restricted
to  "Canadian  carriers"  with  majority  ownership by  Canadians.  Ownership of
non-international  transmission  facilities are limited to Canadian carriers but
the Company can own international undersea cables landing in Canada. The Company
cannot,  under current or foreseen law, enter the Canadian  market as a provider
of transmission  facilities-based domestic services. Recent CRTC rulings address
issues such as the framework for international  contribution  charges payable to
the local exchange carriers to offset some of the capital and operating costs of
the  provision  of switched  local  access  services of the  incumbent  regional
telephone companies, in their capacity as ILECs, and the new entrant CLECs.

     While   competition   is  permitted  in   virtually   all  other   Canadian
telecommunications  market  segments,  the Company  believes  that the  regional
companies  continue  to retain a  substantial  majority of the local and calling
card  markets.  Beginning in May 1997,  the CRTC  released a number of decisions
opening to competition the Canadian local  telecommunications  services  market,
which  decisions were made  applicable in the territories of all of the regional
telephone  companies  except SaskTel  (although  Saskatchewan  has  subsequently
allowed local  service  competition  in that  province).  As a result,  networks
operated  by CLECs may now be  interconnected  with the  networks  of the ILECs.
Transmission  facilities-based  CLECs are subject to the same majority  Canadian
ownership "Canadian carrier" requirements as transmission  facilities-based long
distance  carriers.  CLECs have the same  status as ILECs,  but they do not have
universal service or customer  tariff-filing  obligations.  CLECs are subject to
certain  consumer  protection  safeguards  and other CRTC  regulatory  oversight
requirements.   CLECs  must  file   interconnection   tariffs  for  services  to
interexchange  service  providers and wireless service  providers.  Certain ILEC
services  must be  provided  to CLECs  on an  unbundled  basis  and  subject  to
mandatory  pricing,  including central office codes,  subscriber  listings,  and
local loops in small urban and rural  areas.  For a  five-year  period,  certain
other important CLEC services must be provided on an unbundled basis at mandated
prices,  notably  unbundled  local loops in large,  urban areas.  ILECs,  which,
unlike CLECs, remained fully regulated,  will be subject to price cap regulation
in respect of their utility  services for an initial  four-year period beginning
May 1, 1997,  and these  services  must not be priced below cost.  Interexchange
contribution  payments  are now pooled  and  distributed  among  ILECs and CLECs
according to a formula  based on their  respective  proportions  of  residential
lines,  with no explicit  contribution  payable from local business  exchange or
directory  revenues.  CLECs must pay an annual  telecommunications  fee based on
their  proportion of total CLEC  operating  revenues.  All bundled and unbundled
local services (including  residential lines and other bulk services) may now be
resold,  but ILECs need not provide  these  services to  resellers  at wholesale
prices. Transmission  facilities-based local and long distance carriers (but not
resellers) are entitled to colocate  equipment in ILEC central offices  pursuant
to terms and conditions of tariffs and  intercarrier  agreements.  Certain local
competition  issues are still to be resolved.  The CRTC has ruled that resellers
cannot be classified as CLECs, and thus are not entitled to CLEC interconnection
terms and conditions.

The Company's Other Businesses

     The Company was  incorporated  as Peter Kiewit  Sons',  Inc. in Delaware in
1941 to continue a construction  business founded in Omaha, Nebraska in 1884. In
subsequent  years,  the Company invested a portion of the cash flow generated by
its  construction  activities  in a variety  of other  businesses.  The  Company
entered  the coal  mining  business  in 1943,  the  telecommunications  business
(consisting of MFS and, more recently,  an investment in C-TEC  Corporation  and
its successors RCN Corporation,  Commonwealth  Telephone  Enterprises,  Inc. and
Cable Michigan,


Inc.) in 1988, the  information  services  business in 1990 and the  alternative
energy business, through an investment in MidAmerican, in 1991. Level 3 also has
made investments in several development-stage ventures.

     In 1995, the Company distributed to the holders of Class D Stock all of its
shares  of MFS.  In the seven  years  from 1988 to 1995,  the  Company  invested
approximately  $500  million  in  MFS;  at  the  time  of  the  distribution  to
stockholders  in 1995,  the  Company's  holdings  in MFS had a  market  value of
approximately  $1.75 billion. In December 1996, MFS was purchased by WorldCom in
a  transaction  valued  at  $14.3  billion.  In  December  1997,  the  Company's
stockholders  ratified  the  decision  of the  Board  to  effect  the  split-off
separating  the  Construction  Group.  As a result of the  split-off,  which was
completed  on March 31,  1998,  the Company no longer  owns any  interest in the
Construction  Group. In conjunction with the split-off,  the Company changed its
name to "Level 3 Communications,  Inc.," and the Construction  Group changed its
name to "Peter Kiewit Sons', Inc."

     In January  1998,  the Company  completed  the sale to  MidAmerican  of its
energy   investments,   consisting   primarily  of  a  24%  equity  interest  in
MidAmerican.  The Company received proceeds of approximately  $1.16 billion from
this sale, and as a result  recognized an after-tax gain of  approximately  $324
million in 1998. In November 1998,  Avalon Cable of Michigan,  Inc. acquired all
the outstanding  stock of Cable Michigan.  Level 3 received  approximately  $129
million in cash for its interest in Cable Michigan and recognized a pre-tax gain
of approximately $90 million.

     The  Company's  other  businesses  include  its  investment  in  the  C-TEC
Companies (as defined),  coal mining, the SR91 Tollroad (as defined) and certain
other assets. In 1998, the Company completed the sale of its interests in United
Infrastructure Company, MidAmerican and Kiewit Investment Management Corp.

         C-TEC Companies

     On September  30, 1997,  C-TEC  completed a tax-free  restructuring,  which
divided C-TEC  Corporation into three public companies (the "C-TEC  Companies"):
C-TEC,  which  changed  its name to  Commonwealth  Telephone  Enterprises,  Inc.
("Commonwealth  Telephone"),  RCN Corporation  ("RCN") and Cable Michigan,  Inc.
("Cable  Michigan").  The  Company's  interests in the C-TEC  Companies are held
through a holding company (the "C-TEC Holding  Company").  The Company owns 100%
of the capital stock of the C-TEC  Holding  Company.  Prior to February  2002, a
portion of the common stock of the C-TEC Holding Company, that is, 10%, was held
by David C. McCourt,  a director of the Company who was formerly the Chairman of
C-TEC.  In February  2002,  Mr.  McCourt sold his interest in the C-TEC  Holding
Company to a subsidiary of the Company for a total of $15 million.

     Commonwealth  Telephone.  Commonwealth  Telephone is a Pennsylvania  public
utility  providing  local  telephone  service to a 19-county,  5,191 square mile
service territory in Pennsylvania.  Commonwealth Telephone also provides network
access and long distance  services to IXCs.  Commonwealth  Telephone's  business
customer  base  is  diverse  in  size as well  as  industry,  with  very  little
concentration.   A  subsidiary,   Commonwealth   Communications   Inc.  provides
telecommunications   engineering  and  technical  services  to  large  corporate
clients,  hospitals and universities in the northeastern United States.  Another
subsidiary,  Commonwealth  Long Distance  operates  principally in Pennsylvania,
providing  switched services and resale of several types of services,  using the
networks of several long distance providers on a wholesale basis. As of December
31, 2001, the C-TEC Holding Company owned  approximately  45% of the outstanding
common stock of Commonwealth Telephone.

     On October 23, 1998,  Commonwealth Telephone completed a rights offering of
3.7 million shares of its common stock.  In the offering,  Level 3 exercised all
rights it received and purchased  approximately 1.8 million additional shares of
Commonwealth Telephone common stock for an aggregate subscription price of $37.7
million.

     On February 7, 2002,  Commonwealth Telephone filed a registration statement
on Form S-3  with  respect  to the sale by a  subsidiary  of the  Company  in an
underwritten  public  offering  of  up  to  3,162,500  shares  of  common  stock
(including   412,500  shares  of  common  stock  subject  to  the  underwriters'
over-allotment   option)  as  a  result  of  the  exercise  of  certain   demand
registration  rights  held  by the  Company.  The  filing  of  the  registration
statement is consistent  with the Company's  public  statements that the Company
would  consider  the  possible  sale of certain of its  non-core  assets,  which
include holdings in public companies such as Commonwealth Telephone. On March 8,
2002, the Company filed an amendment to its registration statement (SEC File No.
333-82366)  to  increase  the  number  of  shares  to be sold  by the  Company's
subsidiary  in an  underwritten  public  offering to up to  4,025,000


shares of common stock (including  525,000 shares of common stock subject to the
underwriters' over-allotment option).

     RCN. RCN is a full service provider of local,  long distance,  Internet and
cable television  services  primarily to residential  users in densely populated
areas in the Northeast. RCN operates as a competitive telecommunications service
provider in New York City and Boston. RCN also owns cable television  operations
in New York, New Jersey and Pennsylvania;  a 49% interest in Megacable,  S.A. de
C.V., Mexico's second largest cable television  operator;  and has long distance
operations (other than the operations in certain areas of Pennsylvania).  RCN is
developing   advanced   fiber  optic   networks  to  provide  a  wide  range  of
telecommunications  services, including local and long distance telephone, video
programming and data services (including high speed Internet access),  primarily
to residential  customers in selected markets in the Boston to Washington,  D.C.
and San Francisco to San Diego  corridors and Chicago.  As of December 31, 2001,
the C-TEC Holding  Company owned  approximately  27% of the  outstanding  common
stock of RCN.

     Cable Michigan. Cable Michigan was a cable television operator in the State
of Michigan.  On June 4, 1998, Cable Michigan announced that it had agreed to be
acquired by Avalon Cable.  Level 3 received  approximately  $129 million in cash
when the transaction closed on November 6, 1998.

         Coal Mining

     The Company is engaged in coal mining  through its  subsidiary,  KCP,  Inc.
("KCP"). KCP has a 50% interest in two mines, which are operated by a subsidiary
of Peter Kiewit Sons',  Inc.  ("New PKS").  Decker Coal Company  ("Decker") is a
joint venture with Western  Minerals,  Inc., a subsidiary of The RTZ Corporation
PLC.  Black Butte Coal Company  ("Black  Butte") is a joint  venture with Bitter
Creek Coal Company, a subsidiary of Anadarko Petroleum  Corporation.  The Decker
mine  is  located  in  southeastern  Montana  and  the  Black  Butte  mine is in
southwestern Wyoming. The coal mines use the surface mining method.

     In September  2000,  the Company sold its entire 50% ownership  interest in
the Walnut Creek Mining Company to a subsidiary of Peter Kiewit Sons',  Inc. for
cash of $37 million.

     The  coal  produced  from  the KCP  mines  is sold  primarily  to  electric
utilities,  which burn coal in order to produce  steam to generate  electricity.
Approximately 89% of sales are made under long-term contracts, and the remainder
are made on the spot market. Approximately 60%, 75% and 77% of KCP's revenues in
2001, 2000 and 1999,  respectively,  were derived from long-term  contracts with
Commonwealth Edison Company (with Decker and Black Butte) and The Detroit Edison
Company (with Decker).  KCP also has other sales  commitments,  including  those
with Sierra Pacific,  Idaho Power,  Solvay  Minerals,  Pacific Power & Light and
Minnesota  Power,  that provide for the delivery of approximately 8 million tons
through  2005.  The  level of cash  flows  generated  in recent  periods  by the
Company's  coal  operations  will not  continue  after the year 2000 because the
delivery  requirements  under the Company's current long- term contracts decline
significantly.  Under a mine management agreement,  KCP pays a subsidiary of New
PKS an annual fee equal to 30% of KCP's adjusted  operating income.  The fee for
2001 was $5 million.

     The coal industry is highly  competitive.  KCP competes not only with other
domestic  and foreign coal  suppliers,  some of whom are larger and have greater
capital  resources  than KCP, but also with  alternative  methods of  generating
electricity  and alternative  energy sources.  In 2000, the most recent year for
which information is available,  KCP's production represented 1.3% of total U.S.
coal  production.  Demand for KCP's coal is affected by economic,  political and
regulatory  factors.  For example,  recent "clean air" laws may stimulate demand
for low sulfur coal.  KCP's  western coal reserves  generally  have a low sulfur
content (less than one percent) and are currently useful principally as fuel for
coal-fired, steam-electric generating units.

     KCP's  sales  of its  western  coal,  like  sales  by  other  western  coal
producers,   typically  provide  for  delivery  to  customers  at  the  mine.  A
significant portion of the customer's  delivered cost of coal is attributable to
transportation  costs.  Most of the  coal  sold  from  KCP's  western  mines  is
currently shipped by rail to utilities  outside Montana and Wyoming.  The Decker
and Black  Butte  mines  are each  served  by a single  railroad.  Many of their
western  coal  competitors  are served by two  railroads  and such  competitors'
customers often benefit from lower  transportation  costs because of competition
between  railroads  for coal hauling  business.  Other  western coal  producers,
particularly


those in the Powder River Basin of Wyoming,  have lower  stripping  ratios (that
is, the amount of overburden that must be removed in proportion to the amount of
minable  coal) than the Black Butte and Decker mines,  often  resulting in lower
comparative costs of production.  As a result, KCP's production costs per ton of
coal at the Black  Butte and Decker  mines can be as much as four and five times
greater than  production  costs of certain  competitors.  KCP's  production cost
disadvantage  has  contributed to its agreement to amend its long-term  contract
with Commonwealth  Edison Company to provide for delivery of coal from alternate
source mines rather than from Black Butte.  Because of these cost disadvantages,
KCP does not expect that it will be able to enter into  long-term  coal purchase
contracts  for Black  Butte  and  Decker  production  as the  current  long-term
contracts  expire.  In addition,  these cost  disadvantages may adversely affect
KCP's ability to compete for spot sales in the future.

     The Company is required to comply  with  various  federal,  state and local
laws and regulations  concerning  protection of the environment.  KCP's share of
land reclamation expenses for the year ended December 31, 2001 was approximately
$4 million.  KCP's share of accrued estimated  reclamation costs was $96 million
at December 31, 2001. The Company did not make significant capital  expenditures
for  environmental  compliance  with respect to the coal  business in 2001.  The
Company  believes  its  compliance  with   environmental   protection  and  land
restoration laws will not affect its competitive  position since its competitors
in the mining industry are similarly affected by such laws. However,  failure to
comply  with  environmental  protection  and land  restoration  laws,  or actual
reclamation  costs in excess of the  Company's  accruals,  could have an adverse
effect  on  the  Company's  business,   results  of  operations,  and  financial
condition.

         SR91 Tollroad

     The Company has invested  $13.3 million for a 65% equity  interest and lent
$8.8 million to California Private Transportation  Company L.P. ("CPTC"),  which
developed,  financed,  and currently  operates the 91 Express Lanes, a ten mile,
four-lane tollroad in Orange County, California (the "SR91 Tollroad"). The fully
automated highway uses an electronic toll collection system and variable pricing
to adjust tolls to demand.

     Capital  costs at completion  were $130 million,  $110 million of which was
funded with debt that was not guaranteed by Level 3. Revenue  collected over the
35-year  franchise period is used for operating  expenses,  debt repayment,  and
profit  distributions.  The SR91  Tollroad  opened in December 1995 and achieved
operating break-even in 1996.  Approximately 96,800 customers have registered to
use the tollroad as of December 31, 2001, and weekday volumes  typically  exceed
26,000 vehicles per day during December 2001.

         Other

     In December 1990,  Continental  Holdings,  Inc., an indirect,  wholly owned
subsidiary  of  the  Company  ("Continental"),  pursuant  to  a  Stock  Purchase
Agreement (the  "Agreement"),  sold 100% of the issued and outstanding shares of
its wholly owned  subsidiary  Continental PET  Technologies,  Inc.("PET") to BTR
Nylex Limited  ("BTR").  At the time of the sale,  PET was a named  defendant in
Pechiney Plastic Packaging,  Inc. (as successor in interest to American National
Can Company)  vs.  Continental  PET  Technologies,  Inc., a patent  infringement
action,  filed  in  the  United  States  District  Court  for  the  District  of
Connecticut.  Pechiney  asserts  that  certain  bottles  made by PET since  1990
infringe claims  contained in Pechiney's  United States Patent No. 4,554,190 and
that all  multi-layer  barrier  bottles made by PET since November 1993 infringe
claims of its  United  States  Patent  No.  4,526,821.  PET  asserts a number of
defenses, including non-infringement,  invalidity of the patents in suit, laches
and  equitable  estoppel.  Pechiney  is  seeking  to  enjoin  PET  from  further
infringement  of the  '190  and  '821  patents,  and  seeks  damages,  including
interest, in excess of $130 million for alleged infringement through October 31,
2001. Pechiney is further seeking,  under a theory of willful  infringement,  to
recover  enhanced  damages of up to three  times any actual  damage  award.  PET
asserts that  Pechiney is not entitled to  injunctive  relief and can recover no
damages because of the invalidity of the patents,  improper claims construction,
non-infringement,  and that it has not willfully  infringed  either patent.  PET
further asserts that, if damages are recoverable, they do not exceed $3 million,
exclusive of interest.  Neither the Company nor PET are named  defendants in the
lawsuit.

     Subject to the  provisions of the Agreement,  Continental  agreed to defend
PET with respect to the litigation and, under certain  circumstances,  agreed to
be responsible  for damages.  No trial date has been set in the matter,  and the
outcome cannot be predicted with reasonable certainty at this time. Any exposure
that  Continental  might have pursuant to the Agreement is not  determinable  or
predictable at this time. If the outcome of the litigation is adverse



to PET, it is uncertain  whether a claim of indemnity will be made.  Continental
believes that it has substantial  defenses to an indemnity claim, and intends to
contest any such claim vigorously.

Glossary of Terms


                                                                         

access......................................Telecommunications services that permit long distance carriers to use
                                            local exchange facilities to originate and/or terminate long distance
                                            service.

access charges .............................The fees paid by long distance carriers to LECs for originating and
                                            terminating long distance calls on the LECs' local networks.

backbone ...................................A centralized high-speed network that interconnects smaller,
                                            independent networks.  It is the through-portion of a transmission
                                            network, as opposed to spurs which branch off the through-portions.

CAP ........................................Competitive Access Provider.  A company that provides its customers
                                            with an alternative to the local exchange company for local transport
                                            of private line and special access telecommunications services.

capacity ...................................The information carrying ability of a telecommunications facility.

Carrier ....................................A provider of communications transmission services by fiber, wire or
                                            radio.

Central Office .............................Telephone company facility where subscribers' lines are joined to
                                            switching equipment for connecting other subscribers to each other,
                                            locally and long distance.

CLEC .......................................Competitive Local Exchange Carrier.  A company that competes with
                                            LECs in the local services market.

common carrier .............................A government-defined group of private companies offering
                                            telecommunications services or facilities to the general public on a
                                            non- discriminatory basis.

conduit ....................................A pipe, usually made of metal, ceramic or plastic, that protects
                                            buried cables.

DS-3 .......................................A data communications circuit capable of transmitting data at 45 Mbps.

dark fiber .................................Fiber optic strands that are not connected to transmission equipment.

dedicated lines ............................Telecommunications lines reserved for use by particular customers.

dialing parity .............................The ability of a competing local or toll service provider to provide
                                            telecommunications services in such a manner that customers have the
                                            ability to route automatically, without the use of any access code,
                                            their telecommunications to the service provider of the customers'
                                            designation.

equal access ...............................The basis upon which customers of interexchange carriers are able to
                                            obtain access to their Primary Interexchange Carriers' (PIC) long
                                            distance telephone network by dialing "1", thus eliminating the need
                                            to dial additional digits and an authorization code to obtain such
                                            access.

facilities based carriers ..................Carriers that own and operate their own network and equipment.


fiber optics ...............................A technology in which light is used to transport information from one
                                            point to another.  Fiber optic cables are thin filaments of glass
                                            through which light beams are transmitted over long distances
                                            carrying enormous amounts of data.  Modulating light on thin strands
                                            of glass produces major benefits including high bandwidth, relatively
                                            low cost, low power consumption, small space needs and total
                                            insensitivity to electromagnetic interference.

Gbps .......................................Gigabits per second.  A transmission rate.  One gigabit equals 1.024
                                            billion bits of information.

ILEC .......................................Incumbent Local Exchange Carrier.  A company historically providing
                                            local telephone service.  Often refers to one of the Regional Bell
                                            Operating Companies (RBOCs).  Often referred to as "LEC" (Local
                                            Exchange Carrier).

Interconnection ............................Interconnection of facilities between or among local exchange
                                            carriers, including potential physical colocation of one carrier's
                                            equipment in the other carrier's premises to facilitate such
                                            interconnection.

InterLATA ..................................Telecommunications services originating in a LATA and terminating
                                            outside of that LATA.

Internet ...................................A global collection of interconnected computer networks which use a
                                            specific communications protocol.

IntraLATA ..................................Telecommunications services originating and terminating in the same
                                            LATA.

ISDN .......................................Integrated Services Digital Network.  An information transfer
                                            standard for transmitting digital voice and data over telephone lines
                                            at speeds up to 128 Kbps.

ISPs .......................................Internet Service Providers.  Companies formed to provide access to
                                            the Internet to consumers and business customers via local networks.

IXC ........................................Interexchange Carrier.  A telecommunications company that provides
                                            telecommunications services between local exchanges on an interstate
                                            or intrastate basis.

Kbps .......................................Kilobits per second.  A transmission rate.  One kilobit equals 1,024
                                            bits of information.

LATA .......................................Local Access and Transport Area. A geographic area composed of
                                            contiguous local exchanges, usually but not always within a single
                                            state.  There are approximately 200 LATAs in the United States.

leased line ................................Telecommunications line dedicated to a particular customer along
                                            predetermined routes.

LEC ........................................Local Exchange Carrier.  A telecommunications company that provides
                                            telecommunications services in a geographic area in which calls
                                            generally are transmitted without toll charges.  LECs include both
                                            ILECs and CLECs.

local exchange .............................A geographic area determined by the appropriate state regulatory
                                            authority in which calls generally are transmitted without toll
                                            charges to the calling or called party.


local loop .................................A circuit that connects an end user to the LEC central office within
                                            a LATA.  long distance carriers Long distance carriers provide
                                            services between (interexchange carriers) local exchanges on an
                                            interstate or intrastate basis.  A long distance carrier may offer
                                            services over its own or another carrier's facilities.

Mbps .......................................Megabits per second.  A transmission rate.  One megabit equals 1.024
                                            million bits of information.

MPLS .......................................MultiProtocol Label Switching.  A switching standard for the
                                            transmission of data at increased speeds.  The concept is based on
                                            having routers at the edge of a communications network and switches
                                            at the core of the network for the faster transmission of data
                                            communications.

multiplexing ...............................An electronic or optical process that combines a large number of
                                            lower speed transmission lines into one high speed line by splitting
                                            the total available bandwidth into narrower bands (frequency
                                            division), or by allotting a common channel to several different
                                            transmitting devices, one at a time in sequence (time division).

NAP ........................................Network Access Point.  A location at which ISPs exchange each other's
                                            traffic.

OC-3 .......................................A data communications circuit consisting of three DS-3s capable of
                                            transmitting data at 155 Mbps.

OC-12 ......................................A data communications circuit consisting of twelve DS-3s capable of
                                            transmitting data at 622 Mbps.

OC-48 ......................................A data communications circuit consisting of forty-eight DS-3s capable
                                            of transmitting data at approximately 2.45 Gbps.

peering ....................................The commercial practice under which ISPs exchange each other's
                                            traffic without the payment of settlement charges.  Peering occurs at
                                            both public and private exchange points.

POP ........................................Point of Presence.  Telecommunications facility where a
                                            communications provider locates network equipment used to connect
                                            customers to its network backbone.

private line ...............................A dedicated telecommunications connection between end user locations.

PSTN .......................................Public Switched Telephone Network.  That portion of a local exchange
                                            company's network available to all users generally on a shared basis
                                            (i.e., not dedicated to a particular user).  Traffic along the public
                                            switched network is generally switched at the local exchange
                                            company's central offices.

RBOCs ......................................Regional Bell Operating Companies.  Originally, the seven local
                                            telephone companies (formerly part of AT&T) established as a result
                                            of the AT&T Divestiture.  Currently consists of four local telephone
                                            companies as a result of the mergers of Bell Atlantic with NYNEX and
                                            SBC with Pacific Telesis and Ameritech.

reciprocal compensation ....................The compensation of a CLEC for termination of a local call by the
                                            ILEC on the CLEC's network, which is the same as the compensation
                                            that the CLEC pays the ILEC for termination of local calls on the
                                            ILEC's network.


resale .....................................Resale by a provider of telecommunications services (such as a LEC)
                                            of such services to other providers or carriers on a wholesale or a
                                            retail basis.

router .....................................Equipment placed between networks that relays data to those networks
                                            based upon a destination address contained in the data packets being
                                            routed.

SONET ......................................Synchronous Optical Network.  An electronics and network architecture
                                            for variable bandwidth products which enables transmission of voice,
                                            data and video (multimedia) at very high speeds.  SONET ring
                                            architecture provides for virtually instantaneous restoration of
                                            service in the event of a fiber cut by automatically rerouting
                                            traffic in the opposite direction around the ring.

special access services ....................The lease of private, dedicated telecommunications lines or
                                            "circuits" along the network of a local exchange company or a CAP,
                                            which lines or circuits run to or from the long distance carrier
                                            POPs.  Examples of special access services are telecommunications
                                            lines running between POPs of a single long distance carrier, from
                                            one long distance carrier POP to the POP of another long distance
                                            carrier or from an end user to a long distance carrier POP.

switch .....................................A device that selects the paths or circuits to be used for
                                            transmission of information and establishes a connection.  Switching
                                            is the process of interconnecting circuits to form a transmission
                                            path between users and it also captures information for billing
                                            purposes.

Tbps .......................................Terabits per second.  A transmission rate.  One terabit equals 1.024
                                            trillion bits of information.

T-1                                         A data communications circuit capable of transmitting data at 1.544
                                            Mbps.

unbundled ..................................Services, programs, software and training sold separately from the
                                            hardware.

unbundled access ...........................Access to unbundled elements of a telecommunications services
                                            provider's network including network facilities, equipment, features,
                                            functions and capabilities, at any technically feasible point within
                                            such network.

web site ...................................A server connected to the Internet from which Internet users can
                                            obtain information.

wireless ...................................A communications system that operates without wires.  Cellular
                                            service is an example.

world wide web or web ......................A collection of computer systems supporting a communications protocol
                                            that permits multimedia presentation of information over the Internet.

xDSL .......................................A term referring to a variety of new Digital Subscriber Line
                                            technologies.  Some of these new varieties are asymmetric with
                                            different data rates in the downstream and upstream directions.
                                            Others are symmetric.  Downstream speeds range from 384 Kbps (or
                                            "SDSL") to 1.5 to 8 Mbps ("ADSL").



Directors and Executive Officers

     Set forth below is information as of March 8, 2002, about each director and
each  executive  officer of the Company.  The executive  officers of the Company
have been determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC.


                                                 

     Name                               Age          Position

     Walter Scott, Jr. .................70           Chairman of the Board
     James Q. Crowe.....................52           Chief Executive Officer and Director
     Kevin J. O'Hara....................41           President, Chief Operating Officer and Director
     R. Douglas Bradbury................51           Vice Chairman of the Board and Executive Vice President
     Charles C. Miller, III.............49           Vice Chairman of the Board and Executive Vice President
     Sureel A. Choksi...................29           Group Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
     Thomas C. Stortz...................50           Group Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
     John F. Waters, Jr.................37           Group Vice President and Chief Technology Officer
     Colin V.K. Williams................62           Director
     Mogens C. Bay......................53           Director
     William L. Grewcock................76           Director
     Richard R. Jaros...................50           Director
     Robert E. Julian...................62           Director
     David C. McCourt...................45           Director
     Kenneth E. Stinson.................59           Director
     Michael B. Yanney..................68           Director


Other Management

     Set forth below is  information  as of March 8, 2002,  about the  following
members of senior management of the Company.


                                                 

     Name                               Age          Position

     Linda J. Adams.....................45           Group Vice President
     Daniel P. Caruso...................38           Group Vice President
     Donald H. Gips.....................42           Group Vice President
     John Neil Hobbs....................42           Group Vice President
     Joseph M. Howell, III..............55           Group Vice President
     Michael D. Jones...................44           Chief Executive Officer (i)Structure, Inc.
     Brady Rafuse.......................38           Group Vice President
     Edward Van Macatee.................47           Group Vice President
     Ronald J. Vidal....................42           Group Vice President


     Walter  Scott,  Jr. has been the Chairman of the Board of the Company since
September  1979,  and a director of the Company since April 1964.  Mr. Scott has
been Chairman  Emeritus of Peter Kiewit Sons', Inc. ("PKS") since the split-off.
Mr.  Scott  is also a  director  of PKS,  Berkshire  Hathaway  Inc.,  Burlington
Resources  Inc.,  MidAmerican,   ConAgra  Foods,  Inc.,  Commonwealth  Telephone
Enterprises,  Inc. ("Commonwealth  Telephone"),  RCN Corporation ("RCN"), Kiewit
Materials Company and Valmont Industries, Inc.

     James Q. Crowe has been the Chief  Executive  Officer of the Company  since
August 1997,  and a director of the Company since June 1993.  Mr. Crowe was also
President of the Company until  February 2000. Mr. Crowe was President and Chief
Executive Officer of MFS Communications  Company, Inc. ("MFS") from June 1993 to
June 1997.  Mr.  Crowe also served as  Chairman  of the Board of  WorldCom  from
January  1997  until July 1997,  and as  Chairman  of the Board of MFS from 1992
through 1996. Mr. Crowe is presently a director of PKS,  Commonwealth  Telephone
and RCN.

     Kevin J. O'Hara has been President of the Company since July 2000 and Chief
Operating Officer of the Company since March 1998. Mr. O'Hara was also Executive
Vice  President of the Company from August 1997


until  July  2000.  Prior to that,  Mr.  O'Hara  served as  President  and Chief
Executive Officer of MFS Global Network Services, Inc. from 1995 to 1997, and as
Senior Vice President of MFS and President of MFS Development, Inc. from October
1992 to August 1995.  From 1990 to 1992, he was a Vice President of MFS Telecom,
Inc. ("MFS Telecom").

     R. Douglas Bradbury has been Vice Chairman of the Board since February 2000
and Executive  Vice  President  since August 1997.  Mr.  Bradbury was also Chief
Financial  Officer of the Company from August 1997 until July 2000. Mr. Bradbury
has been a director of the Company  since March  1998.  Mr.  Bradbury  served as
Chief Financial  Officer of MFS from 1992 to 1996,  Senior Vice President of MFS
from 1992 to 1995,  and Executive  Vice  President of MFS from 1995 to 1996. Mr.
Bradbury is also a director of LodgeNet Entertainment Corporation.

     Charles C. Miller,  III has been Vice  Chairman of the Board and  Executive
Vice President of the Company since February 15, 2001. Prior to that, Mr. Miller
was President of Bellsouth International,  a subsidiary of Bellsouth Corporation
from 1995 until  December  2000.  Prior to that,  Mr. Miller held various senior
level officer and management position at BellSouth from 1987.

     Sureel A. Choksi has been Group Vice President and Chief Financial  Officer
of the  Company  since  July  2000.  Prior to that,  Mr.  Choksi  was Group Vice
President Corporate  Development and Treasurer of the Company from February 2000
until  August 2000.  Prior to that,  Mr.  Choksi  served as Vice  President  and
Treasurer of the Company  from January 1999 to February 1, 2000.  Prior to that,
Mr.  Choksi was a  Director  of Finance  at the  Company  from 1997 to 1998,  an
Associate  at  TeleSoft  Management,  LLC in 1997 and an Analyst  at  Gleacher &
Company from 1995 to 1997.

     Thomas C.  Stortz  has been  Group  Vice  President,  General  Counsel  and
Secretary of the Company since February  2000.  Prior to that, Mr. Stortz served
as Senior Vice  President,  General  Counsel and  Secretary  of the Company from
September  1998 to February 1, 2000.  Prior to that, he served as Vice President
and General Counsel of Peter Kiewit Sons', Inc. and Kiewit  Construction  Group,
Inc.  from April 1991 to  September  1998.  He has served as a director of Peter
Kiewit  Sons',  Inc.,  RCN,  C-TEC,   Kiewit  Diversified  Group  Inc.  and  CCL
Industries, Inc.

     John F.  Waters,  Jr. has been Group Vice  President  and Chief  Technology
Officer of the Company since February  2000.  Prior to that, Mr. Waters was Vice
President, Engineering of the Company from November 1997 until February 1, 2000.
Prior to that,  Mr. Waters was an executive  staff member of MCI  Communications
from 1994 to November 1997.

     Mogens C. Bay has been a director of the Company since November 2000. Since
January  1997,  Mr. Bay has been the  Chairman  and Chief  Executive  Officer of
Valmont Industries, Inc., a company engaged in the infrastructure and irrigation
businesses.  Prior to that, Mr. Bay was President and Chief Executive Officer of
Valmont  Industries  from August 1993 to December  1996 as well as a director of
Valmont since October 1993. Mr. Bay is also a director of PKS and ConAgra Foods,
Inc.

     William L.  Grewcock has been a director of the Company since January 1968.
Prior to the split-off,  Mr.  Grewcock was Vice Chairman of the Company for more
than five years. He is presently a director of PKS.

     Richard  R. Jaros has been a director  of the  Company  since June 1993 and
served as  President  of the  Company  from 1996 to 1997.  Mr.  Jaros  served as
Executive  Vice  President of the Company from 1993 to 1996 and Chief  Financial
Officer of the Company from 1995 to 1996.  He also served as President and Chief
Operating Officer of CalEnergy from 1992 to 1993, and is presently a director of
MidAmerican, Commonwealth Telephone, RCN and Homeservices.com, Inc.

     Robert E. Julian has been a director of the Company  since March 31,  1998.
Mr. Julian was also Chairman of the Board of (i)Structure  from 1995 until 2000.
From  1992 to 1995 Mr.  Julian  served as  Executive  Vice  President  and Chief
Financial  Officer  of the  Company.  Mr.  Julian is the  Chairman  of the Audit
Committee of the Board of Directors.


     David C.  McCourt has been a director of the Company  since March 31, 1998.
Mr. McCourt has also served as Chairman of Commonwealth  Telephone and RCN since
October 1997. In addition,  Mr. McCourt has been the Chief Executive  Officer of
RCN since  1997 and Chief  Executive  Officer  of  Commonwealth  Telephone  from
October  1997  until  November  1998.  From 1993 to 1997 Mr.  McCourt  served as
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of C-TEC.

     Kenneth E. Stinson has been a director of the Company  since  January 1987.
Mr. Stinson has been Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive  Officer of Peter
Kiewit Sons', Inc. since the Split-Off.  Prior to the Split-Off, Mr. Stinson was
Executive Vice  President of the Company for more than the last five years.  Mr.
Stinson is also a director of Kiewit Materials Company,  ConAgra Foods, Inc. and
Valmont Industries, Inc.

     Colin V.K.  Williams has been a director of the Company  since August 2000.
From July 1998  until  December  31,  2000,  Mr.  Williams  was  Executive  Vice
President of the Company and President of Level 3  International,  Inc. Prior to
joining the company, Mr. Williams was Chairman of WorldCom International,  Inc.,
where he was responsible for the international  communications  business and the
development  and operation of WorldCom's  fiber networks  overseas.  In 1993 Mr.
Williams  initiated  and built the  international  operations  of MFS.  Prior to
joining MFS, Mr.  Williams  was  Corporate  Director,  Business  Development  at
British Telecom from 1988 until 1992.

     Michael B. Yanney has been a director of the Company  since March 31, 1998.
He has served as Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer of
America First Companies  L.L.C. for more than the last five years. Mr. Yanney is
also a director of Burlington Northern Santa Fe Corporation,  RCN and Forest Oil
Corporation.

     Linda J. Adams has been Group Vice President Human Resources of the Company
since February 2000. Prior to that, Ms. Adams was Vice President Human Resources
of the Company from November 1998 to February 2000. Prior to that, Ms. Adams was
initially Vice President of Human Resources Rent-A-Center, a subsidiary of Thorn
Americas,  Inc.,  and then Senior Vice  President of Human  Resources  for Thorn
Americas,  Inc. from August 1995 until August 1998. Prior to that, Ms. Adams was
Vice  President of Worldwide  Compensation  & Benefits  for PepsiCo,  Inc.  from
August 1994 to August 1995.

     Daniel P. Caruso has been Group Vice President since June 2001 and prior to
that was Group Vice  President  Transport  Services of the Company  from January
2001 to June 2001.  Prior to that Mr.  Caruso was Group  Vice  President  Global
Customer Operations of the Company from February 2000. Prior to that, Mr. Caruso
served as Senior Vice  President,  Network  Services of the Company from October
1997 to February  2000.  Prior to that,  Mr.  Caruso was Senior Vice  President,
Local Service  Delivery of WorldCom from December 1992 to September 1997 and was
a member of the senior management of Ameritech from June 1986 to November 1992.

     Donald H. Gips has been  Group Vice  President  Corporate  Strategy  of the
Company  since January 2001.  Prior to that,  Mr. Gips was Group Vice  President
Sales and Marketing of the Company from February  2000.  Prior to that, Mr. Gips
served as Senior Vice  President,  Corporate  Development  of the  Company  from
November  1998 to  February  2000.  Prior to that,  Mr. Gips served in the White
House as Chief Domestic Policy Advisor to Vice President Gore from April 1997 to
April  1998.  Before  working at the White  House,  Mr.  Gips was at the Federal
Communications  Commission  as the  International  Bureau  Chief and Director of
Strategic  Policy  from  January  1994 to April  1997.  Prior to his  government
service, Mr. Gips was a management consultant at McKinsey and Company.

     John Neil Hobbs has been Group Vice  President  Global Sales,  Distribution
and Marketing  Operations  since  September  2000.  Prior to that, Mr. Hobbs was
President, Global Accounts for Concert, a joint venture between AT&T and British
Telecom  from July 1999  until  September  2000.  Prior to that,  Mr.  Hobbs was
Director Transition and Implementation for the formation of Concert representing
British Telecom from June 1998 until July 1999. From April 1997 until June 1998,
Mr. Hobbs was British  Telecom's  General Manager for Global Sales & Service and
from April 1994 until  April  1997,  Mr.  Hobbs was  British  Telecom's  General
Manager for Corporate Clients.

     Joseph M. Howell, III has been Group Vice President  Corporate Marketing of
the Company since February 2000. Prior to that, Mr. Howell served as Senior Vice
President,  Corporate  Marketing of the Company from October 1997 to February 1,
2000. Prior to that, Mr. Howell was a Senior Vice President of MFS/WorldCom from
1993 to 1997.


     Michael D. Jones has served Chief Executive  Officer of (i)Structure,  Inc.
since August 2000.  Prior to that,  Mr. Jones served as Group Vice President and
Chief  Information  Officer of the Company from February 2000 to August 2000 and
as Senior Vice  President  and Chief  Information  Officer of the  Company  from
December 1998 to February 1, 2000.  Prior to that,  Mr. Jones was Vice President
and Chief Information  Officer of Corporate  Express,  Inc. from May 1994 to May
1998.

     Brady Rafuse has been Group Vice President of the Company  President of the
Company's  European  operations  since August 2001 and Senior Vice  President of
European  Sales and Marketing  since  December  2000.  Prior to that, Mr. Rafuse
served as Head of Commercial  Operations  for Concert,  a joint venture  between
AT&T and British Telecom, from September 1999 to December 2000, and in a variety
of  positions  with  British  Telecom from 1987 until  December  2000.  His last
position was as General Manager,  Global Energy Sector which he held from August
1998 to September 1999 and prior to that he was Deputy General Manager,  Banking
Sector from April 1997 to August 1998.

     Edward Van Macatee has served as Group Vice President of Global  Operations
of the Company  since January 2001.  Prior to that,  Mr.  Macatee was Group Vice
President of Global Customer Operations of the Company from September 1999 until
January 2001. Prior to that Mr. Macatee was Vice President,  Network  Operations
of the  Company  from April  1998 until  September  1999 and Vice  President  of
Managed Network Services for TCI Communications, Inc.

     Ronald J. Vidal has been Group Vice  President  Investor  Relations  of the
Company since  February 1, 2000.  Prior to that, Mr. Vidal served as Senior Vice
President,  New  Ventures of the Company  from October 1997 to February 1, 2000.
Prior to that,  Mr. Vidal was a Vice  President of  MFS/WorldCom  from September
1992 to October  1997.  Mr.  Vidal  joined the Company in  construction  project
management in July 1983.

     The Board is divided into three classes,  designated  Class I, Class II and
Class III, each class consisting,  as nearly as may be possible, of one-third of
the total  number of  directors  constituting  the Board.  The Class I Directors
consist of Walter Scott, Jr., James Q. Crowe,  Mogens C. Bay, Charles C. Miller,
III and Colin  V.K.  Williams;  the Class II  Directors  consist  of  William L.
Grewcock, Richard R. Jaros, Robert E. Julian and David C. McCourt; and the Class
III  Directors  consist of R.  Douglas  Bradbury,  Kevin J.  O'Hara,  Kenneth E.
Stinson and Michael B. Yanney.  The term of the Class I Directors will terminate
on the date of the 2004 annual meeting of stockholders; the term of the Class II
Directors will terminate on the date of the 2002 annual meeting of stockholders;
and the term of the Class III Directors  will  terminate on the date of the 2003
annual  meeting  of  stockholders.  At  each  annual  meeting  of  stockholders,
successors to the class of directors  whose term expires at that annual  meeting
will be elected  for  three-year  terms.  The  Company's  officers  are  elected
annually to serve until each  successor  is elected and  qualified  or until his
death, resignation or removal.

Employees

     As of December 31, 2001, Level 3 had 3,178 employees in the  communications
portion of its business and (i)Structure had approximately 549 employees,  for a
total  of 3,727  employees.  These  numbers  do not  include  the  employees  of
Corporate Software,  since this transaction closed on March 13, 2002.  Corporate
Software has approximately 800 employees worldwide.

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

     The Company's  headquarters are located on 46 acres in the Northwest corner
of  the  Interlocken   Advanced  Technology   Environment  within  the  City  of
Broomfield,  Colorado,  and  within  Broomfield  County,  Colorado.  The  campus
facility encompasses over 850,000 square feet of office space. In addition,  the
Company has leased approximately 40,000 square feet of temporary office space in
the Broomfield,  Colorado area. In Europe, the Company has approximately 211,000
square feet of office space in the United Kingdom,  approximately  59,000 square
feet of office space in Germany,  and approximately 14,000 square feet of office
space in France.  In addition,  the Company is in the process of selling 340,000
square feet of excess office space located in the City of Broomfield, Colorado.


     Properties  relating to the  Company's  coal mining  segment are  described
under "ITEM 1. BUSINESS - The Company's Other  Businesses"  above. In connection
with  certain  existing  and  historical  operations,  the Company is subject to
environmental risks.

     The Company's  Gateway  facilities  are being designed to house local sales
staff,  operational staff, the Company's  transmission and IP  routing/switching
facilities  and  technical  space to  accommodate  colocation  of  equipment  by
high-volume Level 3 customers.  The Company has approximately 5.8 million square
feet of space for its  Gateway and  transmission  facilities  and has  completed
construction   on   approximately   3.3  million  square  feet  of  this  space.
(i)Structure also maintains its corporate  headquarters in approximately  25,000
square  feet of  office  space  in the  Broomfield,  Colorado  area  and  leases
approximately  16,000  square  feet of  office  space in  Omaha,  Nebraska.  The
computer  outsourcing  business of  (i)Structure  is located at an 89,000 square
foot office space in Omaha and at a 60,000 square foot computer center in Tempe,
Arizona.  (i)Structure  maintains  additional  office space in Bangalore,  India
(approximately  18,000 square feet) and several  locations in the United Kingdom
(approximately 21,000 square feet) for its systems integration business.

     The Company has announced that it is evaluating its requirements for office
and technical space and may seek to dispose of excess office and technical space
in the future.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

     In May 2001, a subsidiary of the Company was named as a defendant in Bauer,
et. al. v. Level 3  Communications,  LLC, et al., a purported  multi-state class
action,  filed in the U.S.  District Court for the Southern District of Illinois
and in July 2001,  the  Company was named as a  defendant  in Koyle,  et. al. v.
Level 3  Communications,  Inc.,  et. al., a purported  multi-state  class action
filed in the U.S.  District  Court  for the  District  of  Idaho.  Both of these
actions  involve the Company's right to install its fiber optic cable network in
easements and  right-of-ways  crossing the  plaintiffs'  land.  In general,  the
Company obtained the rights to construct its network from railroads,  utilities,
and others,  and is installing its network along the  rights-of-way  so granted.
Plaintiffs  in the purported  class  actions  assert that they are the owners of
lands over which the Company's  fiber optic cable network  passes,  and that the
railroads,  utilities, and others who granted the Company the right to construct
and  maintain  its network  did not have the legal  ability to do so. The action
purports  to be on behalf of a class of owners of land in  multiple  states over
which the Company's  network passes or will pass. The complaint seeks damages on
theories of trespass,  unjust  enrichment and slander of title and property,  as
well as punitive damages.  The Company has also received,  and may in the future
receive,  claims and  demands  related to  rights-of-way  issues  similar to the
issues  in the these  cases  that may be based on  similar  or  different  legal
theories.  Although it is too early for the Company to reach a conclusion  as to
the ultimate outcome of these actions,  management believes that the Company has
substantial  defenses to the claims  asserted in all of these  actions  (and any
similar  claims  which may be named in the  future),  and intends to defend them
vigorously.

     The  Company  and  its   subsidiaries  are  parties  to  many  other  legal
proceedings.  Management believes that any resulting liabilities for these legal
proceedings,  beyond amounts reserved,  will not materially affect the Company's
financial condition, future results of operations, or future cash flows.

ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

     No matters  were  submitted  during the fourth  quarter of the fiscal  year
covered by this report to a vote of security  holders,  through the solicitation
of proxies or otherwise.


ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

     Market  Information.  The  Company's  common  stock is traded on the Nasdaq
National  Market  under the  symbol  "LVLT."  As of March 8,  2002,  there  were
approximately  6,220 holders of record of the Company's  common stock, par value
$.01 per share. The table below sets forth, for the calendar quarters indicated,
the high and low per share  closing  sale prices of the common stock as reported
by the Nasdaq National Market.


                                                                            
                                                                      High        Low
Year Ended December 31, 2001

First Quarter.......................................................$49.69       $15.50
Second Quarter.......................................................18.44         4.53
Third Quarter.........................................................5.48         3.14
Fourth Quarter........................................................7.32         1.98

Year Ended December 31, 2000

First Quarter......................................................$130.19       $73.81
Second Quarter.......................................................98.50        66.50
Third Quarter........................................................92.44        59.50
Fourth Quarter.......................................................75.23        26.88


     Dividend Policy.  The Company's  current  dividend policy,  in effect since
April 1, 1998, is to retain future  earnings for use in the Company's  business.
As a result,  management does not anticipate paying any cash dividends on shares
of  Common  Stock  in the  foreseeable  future.  In  addition,  the  Company  is
effectively  restricted  under certain debt covenants from paying cash dividends
on shares of its Common Stock.



ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

     The  Selected  Financial  Data of  Level  3  Communications,  Inc.  and its
     Subsidiaries appears below.



                                                                                               

                                                                                  Fiscal Year Ended (1)
                                                                   ---------------------------------------------------
                                                                   ---------------------------------------------------
                                                                      2001       2000      1999      1998     1997
                                                                    (dollars in millions, except per share amounts)
Results of Operations:
     Revenue.......................................................  $1,533   $ 1,184     $ 515     $ 392    $ 332
     Earnings (loss) from continuing operations (2)................  (5,448)   (1,407)     (482)     (128)      83
     Net earnings (loss) (3).......................................  (4,978)   (1,455)     (487)      804      248
Per Common Share:
     Earnings (loss) from continuing operations (2)................  (14.58)    (3.88)    (1.44)    (0.43)    0.33
     Net earnings (loss) (3).......................................   13.32)    (4.01)    (1.46)     2.66     0.37
     Dividends (4).................................................       -         -         -         -        -
Financial Position:
     Total assets..................................................   9,316    14,919     8,906     5,522    2,776
     Current portion of long-term debt.............................       7         7         6         5        3
     Long-term debt, less current portion (5)......................   6,209     7,318     3,989     2,641      137
     Stockholders' equity (deficit)  (6)...........................     (65)    4,549     3,405     2,165    2,230


(1)  The financial position and results of operations of the former construction
     and mining management businesses  (''Construction  Group'') of Level 3 have
     been  classified  as  discontinued  operations  due to the March  31,  1998
     split-off of Level 3's Construction Group from its other businesses.

     Level 3 sold its energy  segment to  MidAmerican  Energy  Holdings  Company
     (''MidAmerican'')  in 1998 and  classified  it as  discontinued  operations
     within the financial statements.

     The operating results of the Company's Asian operations for all periods are
     included in  discontinued  operations in the statement of operations due to
     the sale to Reach Ltd. in January 2002.

     Certain  prior year  amounts have been  reclassified  to conform to current
     year presentation.

(2)  Level 3 incurred  significant expenses in conjunction with the expansion of
     its communications and information services business beginning in 1998.

     In 2000,  1999 and 1998, RCN Corporation  issued stock in public  offerings
     and for certain  transactions.  These  transactions  reduced the  Company's
     ownership in RCN to 31%,  35% and 41% at December 31, 2000,  1999 and 1998,
     respectively,  and resulted in pre-tax gains to the Company of $95 million,
     $117 million and $62 million in 2000, 1999 and 1998, respectively.

     In 1998,  Level 3  acquired  XCOM  Technologies,  Inc.  and its  developing
     telephone-to-IP  network bridge technology.  Level 3 recorded a $30 million
     nondeductible  charge  against  earnings for the  write-off  of  in-process
     research and development acquired in the transaction.

     In 1998,  Cable  Michigan,  Inc.  was acquired by Avalon Cable of Michigan,
     Inc.  Level 3 received  approximately  $129 million for its shares of Cable
     Michigan,  Inc.  in the  disposition  and  recognized  a  pre-tax  gain  of
     approximately $90 million.

     In 2001, Level 3 recorded a $3.2 billion  impairment  charge to reflect the
     reduction in the carrying amount of certain of its communications assets in
     accordance  with SFAS No. 144 "Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of
     Long-Lived Assets".

(3)  In 1998,  Level 3 recognized a gain of $608 million equal to the difference
     between the carrying value of the Construction Group and its fair value. No
     taxes  were  provided  on  this  gain  due to the  tax-free  nature  of the


     split-off.  Level  3 also  recognized  in 1998  an  after-tax  gain of $324
     million on the sale of its energy segment to MidAmerican.

     In 2001, the Company recorded an impairment  charge of $516 million related
     to  its  discontinued   Asian  operations  sold  in  January  2002.  Losses
     attributable  to the Asian  operations  were $89 million,  $48 million,  $5
     million,  $- million and $- million for fiscal 2001,  2000,  1999, 1998 and
     1997, respectively.

     In 2001, Level 3 also recognized an extraordinary gain of $1.1 billion as a
     result of the early extinguishment of long-term debt.

(4)  The Company's  current dividend  policy,  in effect since April 1998, is to
     retain  future  earnings for use in the  Company's  business.  As a result,
     management  does not  anticipate  paying  any cash  dividends  on shares of
     common  stock in the  foreseeable  future.  In  addition,  the  Company  is
     effectively  restricted under certain  covenants from paying cash dividends
     on shares of its common stock.

(5)  In 1998,  Level 3 issued $2  billion  of 9.125%  Senior  Notes due 2008 and
     received  net  proceeds of $500  million  from the issuance of $834 million
     principal amount at maturity of 10.5% Senior Discount Notes due 2008.

     In 1999,  Level 3 received $798 million of net proceeds from an offering of
     $823 million aggregate principal amount of its 6% Convertible  Subordinated
     Notes Due 2009.  In  addition,  Level 3 and  certain  Level 3  subsidiaries
     entered into a $1.375  billion  senior  secured  credit  facility.  Level 3
     borrowed $475 million in 1999 under the senior secured credit facility.

     In 2000, Level 3 received net proceeds of  approximately  $3.2 billion from
     the  offering  of $863  million in  convertible  subordinated  notes,  $1.4
     billion  in  three  tranches  of  U.S.  dollar   denominated   senior  debt
     securities,  $780 million from two tranches of Euro denominated senior debt
     securities and $233 million from mortgage financings.

     In 2001, the Company  negotiated an increase in the total amount  available
     under its senior  secured  credit  facility to $1.775  billion and borrowed
     $650 million under the  facility.  Also in 2001,  the Company  repurchased,
     using cash and common stock,  approximately $1.9 billion face amount of its
     long-term debt and recognized an extraordinary  gain of approximately  $1.1
     billion as a result of the early extinguishment of debt.

(6)  In 1999, the Company  received  approximately  $1.5 billion of net proceeds
     from the sale of 28.75 million shares of its Common Stock.

     In 2000, the Company  received  approximately  $2.4 billion of net proceeds
     from the sale of 23 million shares of its Common Stock.

     In 2001,  the Company  issued  approximately  15.9 million shares of common
     stock, valued at approximately $72 million, to repurchase long-term debt.



ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S  DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS
OF OPERATIONS

     This document contains forward looking  statements and information that are
based  on  the  beliefs  of  management  as  well  as  assumptions  made  by and
information  currently  available  to  Level  3  Communications,  Inc.  and  its
subsidiaries (''Level 3'' or the ''Company'').  When used in this document,  the
words ''anticipate'',  ''believe'',  ''plans'',  ''estimate'' and ''expect'' and
similar  expressions,  as they  relate to the  Company  or its  management,  are
intended to identify  forward-looking  statements.  Such statements  reflect the
current  views of the Company with  respect to future  events and are subject to
certain risks, uncertainties and assumptions.  Should one or more of these risks
or uncertainties materialize,  or should underlying assumptions prove incorrect,
actual results may vary materially  from those  described in this document.  See
''Cautionary Factors That May Affect Future Results.''

     The following discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of
operations  should  be read  in  conjunction  with  the  Consolidated  Financial
Statements and accompanying notes beginning on page F-1 of this annual report.

     Critical Accounting Policies

     The Company has  identified  the policies below as critical to its business
operations and the  understanding  of its results of operations.  The effect and
any  associated  risks  related  to these  policies  on the  Company's  business
operations  is  discussed  throughout  Management's  Discussion  and Analysis of
Financial  Condition and Results of Operations  where these policies  affect the
Company's reported and expected financial results.

     Revenue

     Revenue for communications  services,  including private line, wavelengths,
colocation, Internet access, managed modem and dark fiber revenue from contracts
entered  into after June 30,  1999,  is  recognized  monthly as the services are
provided.   Reciprocal   compensation   revenue  is  recognized   only  when  an
interconnection  agreement  is in place with another  carrier,  and the relevant
regulatory  authorities  have  approved  the  terms  of the  agreement.  Revenue
attributable  to leases of dark fiber  pursuant  to  indefeasible  rights-of-use
agreements  (''IRUs'') that qualify for sales-type  lease  accounting,  and were
entered into prior to June 30, 1999,  is  recognized at the time of delivery and
acceptance  of the  fiber  by the  customer.  Certain  sale  and  long-term  IRU
agreements  of dark fiber and  capacity  entered  into  after June 30,  1999 are
required  to be  accounted  for in the same  manner as sales of real estate with
property  improvements  or integral  equipment  which results in the deferral of
revenue recognition over the term of the agreement (currently up to 20 years).

     Accounting  practice and guidance with respect to the accounting  treatment
of the above transactions is evolving.  Any changes in the accounting  treatment
could  affect the manner in which the Company  accounts for revenue and expenses
associated with these agreements in the future.

     Non-Cash Compensation

     The Company  applies the expense  recognition  provisions  of SFAS No. 123,
''Accounting for Stock Based  Compensation''  (''SFAS No. 123''). Most companies
do not follow the expense  recognition  provisions of SFAS No. 123: rather, they
disclose the information only on a pro-forma basis. As a result, these pro-forma
disclosures  must  be  considered  when  comparing  the  Company's   results  of
operations  to that  reported by other  companies.  Under SFAS No. 123, the fair
value of an option or other stock-based  compensation (as computed in accordance
with accepted  option  valuation  models) on the date of grant is amortized over
the vesting periods of the options in accordance with FASB Interpretation No. 28
''Accounting  for Stock  Appreciation  Rights and Other Variable Stock Option or
Award  Plans''  (''FIN  28'').  Although  the  recognition  of the  value of the
instruments  results in  compensation  or  professional  expenses in an entity's
financial   statements,   the  expense  differs  from  other   compensation  and
professional  expenses in that these charges,  though permitted to be settled in
cash, are generally settled through issuance of common stock, which would have a
dilutive  impact upon per share net income or loss,  if and when such shares are
exercised.


     Long-Lived Assets

     Property  and  equipment  is  stated  at cost,  reduced  by  provisions  to
recognize  economic  impairment in value when management  determines that events
have occurred that require an analysis of potential impairment. Costs associated
directly with the uncompleted  network and the  development of business  support
systems,  including employee related costs, and interest expense incurred during
the construction  period are capitalized.  Intercity network  segments,  gateway
facilities,  local  networks and  operating  equipment  that have been placed in
service are being  depreciated  over their  estimated  useful  lives,  primarily
ranging  from  3-25  years.  The  total  cost of a  business  support  system is
amortized  over a useful life of three years.  When assets are sold,  retired or
otherwise  disposed  of,  the  cost and  related  accumulated  depreciation  are
eliminated from the accounts and the gain or loss is recognized.

     The Company  evaluates the carrying value of long-lived  assets,  including
property and equipment,  whenever  events or changes in  circumstances  indicate
that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable.  An impairment loss
exists when estimated  undiscounted  cash flows  attributable  to the assets are
less than  their  carrying  amount.  If an asset is deemed to be  impaired,  the
amount of the impairment  loss  recognized  represents the excess of the asset's
carrying  value as compared to its estimated fair value,  based on  management's
assumptions and projections.  The Company recorded an impairment  charge of $3.2
billion  in 2001 to write down the  carrying  amount of its North  American  and
European  conduits,  its colocation assets and its transoceanic cable systems to
their estimated fair value as these telecommunications assets were identified as
being excess,  obsolete or carried at values that may not be recoverable  due to
an adverse change in the extent in which these assets were being utilized caused
by the unfavorable business climate within the telecommunications industry.

New Accounting Pronouncements

     In June 1998, the Financial  Accounting Standards Board,  ("FASB"),  issued
SFAS No. 133,  "Accounting for Derivative  Instruments  and Hedging  Activities"
("SFAS  No.  133").  SFAS No.  133,  as  amended  by SFAS Nos.  137 and 138,  is
effective for fiscal years beginning January 1, 2001. SFAS No. 133 requires that
all  derivative  instruments  be recorded  on the  balance  sheet at fair value.
Changes in the fair value of  derivatives  are  recorded  each period in current
earnings or other  comprehensive  income,  depending on whether a derivative  is
designated  as part of a hedge  transaction  and,  if it is,  the  type of hedge
designated  by the  transaction.  The  Company  currently  makes  minimal use of
derivative  instruments as defined by SFAS No. 133. Derivative  instruments,  as
defined by SFAS No. 133,  held by the Company at  December  31, 2001  include an
interest  rate cap with a market value of less than $1 million.  The Company did
not designate the interest rate cap as part of a hedge transaction. The adoption
of SFAS No.  133 has not had a  material  effect  on the  Company's  results  of
operations or its financial position.

     In June 2001, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141, "Business  Combinations" ("SFAS
No. 141"). SFAS No. 141 requires all business combinations  initiated after June
30, 2001, to be accounted for using the purchase method of accounting.  Prior to
the issuance of SFAS No. 141,  companies  accounted for mergers and acquisitions
using one of two methods;  pooling of interests or the purchase method.  Level 3
has accounted for  acquisitions  using the purchase  method and does not believe
the issuance of SFAS No. 141 will have a material effect on the Company's future
results of operations or financial position.

     In June  2001,  the FASB also  issued  SFAS No.  142,  "Goodwill  and Other
Intangible  Assets" ("SFAS No. 142"). SFAS No. 142 is effective for fiscal years
beginning  January  1,  2002.  SFAS No.  142  requires  companies  to  segregate
identifiable intangible assets acquired in a business combination from goodwill.
The remaining  goodwill is no longer subject to amortization  over its estimated
useful life.  However,  the carrying  amount of the goodwill must be assessed at
least  annually  for  impairment  using  a  fair  value  based  test.   Goodwill
attributable to equity method  investments  will also no longer be amortized but
is still  subject to  impairment  analysis  using  existing  guidance for equity
method  investments.  For the  goodwill  and  intangible  assets  in place as of
December  31,  2001,  the Company  does not believe the adoption of SFAS No. 142
will have a  material  effect on the  Company's  results  of  operations  or its
financial  position.  The Company  believes  the impact of SFAS No. 142 will not
have a material impact on accounting for future acquisitions as the new standard
generally  results in more amortized  intangible  assets and less  non-amortized
goodwill.

In June  2001,  the FASB  also  approved  SFAS No.  143,  "Accounting  for Asset
Retirement  Obligations ("SFAS No. 143")".  SFAS No. 143 establishes  accounting
standards for recognition and measurement of a liability


for an asset retirement obligation and the associated asset retirement cost. The
fair value of a liability for an asset retirement obligation is to be recognized
in the period in which it is incurred if a reasonable estimate of fair value can
be made. The associated retirement costs are capitalized and included as part of
the carrying value of the long-lived asset and amortized over the useful life of
the asset.  SFAS No. 143 will be effective for the Company  beginning on January
1, 2003. The Company  expects that its coal mining  business will be affected by
this  standard  and is  currently  evaluating  the impact of SFAS No. 143 on its
future results of operations and financial position.

     In August 2001, the FASB issued SFAS No. 144 "Accounting for the Impairment
or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets" ("SFAS No. 144"), which the Company elected to
early adopt during the fourth quarter of 2001 with retroactive application as of
January  1,  2001.  SFAS No.  144  supersedes  SFAS No.  121,  but  retains  its
requirements  to (a) recognize an impairment loss only if the carrying amount of
a long-lived asset is not recoverable  from its undiscounted  cash flows and (b)
measure an impairment loss as the difference between the carrying amount and the
estimated  fair value of the  asset.  It  removes  goodwill  from its scope and,
therefore,  eliminates the requirement to allocate goodwill to long-lived assets
to be tested for impairment.  It also describes a probability-weighted cash flow
estimation  approach to deal with  situations  in which  alternative  courses of
action  to  recover  the  carrying  amount  of  a  long-lived  asset  are  under
consideration  or a range is  estimated  for  possible  future  cash  flows.  It
requires  that a  long-lived  asset to be  abandoned,  exchanged  for a  similar
productive  asset, or distributed to owners in a spin-off be considered held and
used until it is disposed of. In these situations, SFAS No. 144 requires that an
impairment loss be recognized at the date a long-lived  asset is exchanged for a
similar  productive asset or distributed to owners in a spin-off if the carrying
amount of the asset exceeds its fair value.  The Company  monitored and reviewed
long-lived assets for possible  impairment in accordance with SFAS No. 121 prior
to the adoption of SFAS No. 144. Since SFAS No. 144 retains similar requirements
as SFAS No. 121 for recognizing and measuring any impairment  loss, the adoption
of SFAS No. 144 did not have a significant  effect on the  Company's  procedures
for monitoring and reviewing long-lived assets for possible impairment. SFAS No.
144 also  retains the basic  provisions  of APB Opinion  No. 30  "Reporting  the
Results of Operations" for the  presentation  of discontinued  operations in the
income  statement but broadens the definition of a  discontinued  operation such
that a component  of an entity  (rather  than a segment of a business)  would be
considered to be a  discontinued  operation if the  operations and cash flows of
the component will be eliminated from the ongoing  operations of the company and
the  company  will  not  have  any  significant  continuing  involvement  in the
operations of the component.  A component of an entity comprises  operations and
cash flows that can be clearly  distinguished,  operationally  and for financial
reporting purposes, from the rest of the entity. The adoption of SFAS No. 144 in
2001 had a significant impact on the accounting  presentation of the sale of the
Asian  communications  business as this  business  would not have  qualified for
treatment as a discontinued  operation  under APB Opinion No. 30, since it would
not have qualified as a business segment.

     Results of Operations 2001 vs. 2000

     The operating  results of the Company's  Asian  operations  are included in
discontinued  operations  for all periods  presented  due to their sale to Reach
Ltd. in January  2002.  Certain  prior year  amounts have been  reclassified  to
conform to current year presentation.

Revenue for 2001 and 2000 is summarized as follows (in millions):


                                                                                             
                                                                                       2001       2000

         Communications...........................................................  $ 1,298      $ 857
         Information Services.....................................................      123        115
         Coal Mining..............................................................       87        190
         Other....................................................................       25         22
                                                                                      -----      -----
                                                                                    $ 1,533    $ 1,184
                                                                                    =======    =======

     Communications  revenue increased in 2001 by 51% compared to 2000. Included
in total  communications  revenue of $1.298 billion for 2001 was $876 million of
services revenue which includes private line, wavelengths,  colocation,  managed
modem and amortized dark fiber revenue,  $288 million of  non-recurring  revenue
from dark fiber  contracts  entered  into before June 30, 1999 for which  sales-
type lease  accounting  was used and $134  million  attributable  to  reciprocal
compensation.  Communications  revenue for 2000 was comprised of $593 million of


services revenue,  $209 million of non-recurring revenue from dark fiber and $55
million of reciprocal  compensation.  The increase in services revenue from 2000
was primarily  due to growth in both existing  customers as well as new customer
contracts.  Services revenue in 2000 includes revenue of $105 million related to
submarine systems,  primarily from the completion of the Company's transatlantic
submarine  cable and subsequent  sale to Viatel Inc. in November of 2000. Due to
the current economic conditions of the telecommunications  industry, the Company
has experienced a significant increase in the number of customers  disconnecting
or terminating service and believes that as much as 25% of its recurring revenue
base  as of  December  31,  2001,  consists  of  financially  weaker  customers.
Approximately 80% of these customers are expected to disconnect  services during
the first six months of 2002. These terminations,  if they occur, will result in
slower growth of services revenue for 2002. For some of these customers, Level 3
is able to negotiate and collect termination  penalties.  Level 3 recognized $57
million of revenue in 2001 for early  termination of services.  Level 3 recorded
in services revenue in 2001, $35 million of revenue for construction  management
services  provided to other  communications  companies.  The dark fiber  revenue
reflects the substantial completion of the intercity network. Dark fiber revenue
under sales-type lease accounting is expected to be insignificant in 2002 as the
last  remaining  segments  sold  prior to June 30,  1999 were  delivered  to and
accepted by customers in the fourth  quarter of 2001. The increase in reciprocal
compensation  in 2001 is a result  of  increased  managed  modem  usage  and the
Company  receiving   regulatory  approval  from  several  states  regarding  its
agreements  with  SBC  Communications  Inc.  and  BellSouth.   These  agreements
established a rate structure for transmission and switching services provided by
one  carrier to  complete  or carry  traffic  originating  on another  carrier's
network.  It is  the  Company's  policy  not to  recognize  revenue  from  these
agreements  until the relevant  regulatory  authorities  approve the agreements.
Certain  interconnection  agreements  with carriers expire in the second half of
2002  and in  2003.  To the  extent  that  the  Company  is  unable  to sign new
interconnection   agreements,   reciprocal   compensation  revenue  may  decline
significantly over time.

     Level 3 was a party to seven  non-monetary  exchange  transactions  in 2001
whereby it sold IRUs, other capacity,  or other services to a company from which
Level 3 received  communications  assets or services.  In total these  exchanges
accounted  for $24  million or less than 2% of total  communications  revenue in
2001 and in each  case,  provided  needed  network  capacity  or  redundancy  on
unprotected  transmission  routes. The value of these non-monetary  transactions
was  determined  using similar  transactions  for which cash  consideration  was
received.  Level 3 recognized no revenue from non-monetary exchange transactions
in 2000.

     Information  services  revenue,  which is  comprised  of  applications  and
outsourcing  businesses,  increased from $115 million in 2000 to $123 million in
2001.  The increase is  primarily  attributable  to  outsourcing  revenue  which
increased to $85 million for the year ended  December  31, 2001  compared to $65
million for the same period in 2000.  The  increase  in  outsourcing  revenue is
primarily  due to new  long-term  contracts  signed in the second  half of 2000.
Revenue attributable to the applications business declined due to the expiration
of certain  contracts.  If the  applications  business is unable to generate new
sales in 2002, revenue is expected to decline further as a significant  customer
has notified the Company that it will not be extending its contract  beyond June
30, 2002. Revenue attributable to this customer represented approximately 61% of
total applications revenue in 2001.

     The communications business generated Cash Revenue of $2.097 billion during
2001  compared to $1.261  billion in 2000.  The Company  defines Cash Revenue as
communications  revenue plus changes in cash deferred revenue  (deferred revenue
adjusted  for  changes in related  accounts  receivable)  during the  respective
period.   Communications   Cash  Revenue   primarily   reflects  cash  or  other
communications  assets  received for dark fiber and other  capacity  sales where
revenue is deferred  and then  recognized  over the term of the  contract  under
GAAP.  This  increase  is a result of growth in  services  revenue  provided  to
existing  customers,  new customer  contracts  and cash  collections  from those
customers.  At December 31, 2001,  deferred  revenue  increased by approximately
103% to $1.459  billion from $720  million at December  31, 2000.  The amount of
deferred  revenue billed,  but not collected as of the end of the year decreased
from $205  million in 2000 to $145 million in 2001.  For fiscal  2000,  deferred
revenue increased by $585 million and the amount not collected increased by $181
million.  Communications Cash Revenue is not intended to represent revenue under
GAAP.



                                                                                             
                                                                                      2001         2000

    Communications Revenue......................................................   $ 1,298        $ 857
    Change in Deferred Revenue..................................................       739          585
    Change in Deferred Revenue Billed but not Collected.........................        60         (181)
                                                                                     -----        -----
    Communications Cash Revenue                                                    $ 2,097      $ 1,261
                                                                                   =======      =======


     Coal mining  revenue  decreased  $103 million in 2001 compared to 2000. The
decrease in revenue is primarily  attributable  to the  expiration  of long-term
coal contracts with Commonwealth Edison Company ("Commonwealth  Edison") and the
sale of the Company's interest in Walnut Creek Mining Company in September 2000.

     Other revenue for 2001 was comparable to 2000 and is primarily attributable
to California Private Transportation  Company, L.P. ("CPTC"), the owner-operator
of the SR91 tollroad in southern California.

     Cost of Revenue for 2001 was $742 million,  representing a 6% decrease over
2000 cost of revenue of $792 million. This decrease is a result of the continued
migration of customers  off of leased  capacity to the  Company's  network and a
decrease in the costs associated with  transoceanic  sales,  specifically  costs
attributable to the Viatel  transaction in 2000. Cost of revenue  includes costs
attributable  to  dark  fiber  and  transoceanic   sales  and  leased  capacity,
right-of-way  costs,  access  charges  and  other  third  party  costs  directly
attributable to the network.  Overall the cost of revenue for the communications
business,  as a percentage of revenue,  decreased  significantly from 73% during
2000 to 46% during 2001.  The decrease can again be  attributed to the migration
of customer  traffic from a leased  network to the  Company's  owned network and
increased  margins  resulting  from  recent  sales  efforts  focused on "on-net"
services.  Cost of revenue for the communications  business,  as a percentage of
revenue, is expected to decline from 2001 levels.

     The  cost  of  revenue  for  the  information  services  businesses,  as  a
percentage of its revenue,  in 2001 was 73% and  approximated the 2000 figure of
77%.  The cost of revenue  for the coal  mining  business,  as a  percentage  of
revenue,  was 68% for 2001 up from 40% in 2000.  The  increase  related  to coal
mining is attributable to the expiration of high margin long-term coal contracts
in 2000.

     Depreciation and  Amortization  expenses were $1.122 billion in 2001, a 94%
increase from 2000 depreciation and amortization  expenses of $579 million.  The
majority of the increase is a direct result of the communications  assets placed
in  service  in the  latter  part of 2000 and 2001,  including  gateways,  local
networks and  intercity  segments.  In addition,  included in 2001  depreciation
expense is $45 million for the  impairment  charge on a corporate  facility  the
Company designated as held-for-sale in June of 2001.

     Depreciation  expense is expected to  decrease  significantly  in 2002 as a
result of the impairment  charges taken in 2001 against the  colocation  assets,
conduits in North America and European intercity and metropolitan  networks, and
certain transoceanic assets. The Company will continue to review the depreciable
lives of its  existing  telecommunications  assets in order to verify  that they
correspond to the period of the estimated future benefits.

     Selling, General and Administrative expenses were $1.297 billion in 2001, a
17% increase over 2000. Excluding non-cash compensation expenses of $314 million
and $236 million for 2001 and 2000,  respectively,  operating expenses increased
12% from the prior  year.  This  increase  is  attributable  to  higher  payroll
expenses,  professional fees,  facilities related costs, and systems maintenance
expenses,  partially offset by declines in travel,  mine management services and
recruiting expenses.  The increase in non-cash compensation is predominantly due
to the convertible  outperform stock options granted in 2000 and 2001.  Selling,
general and  administrative  costs for 2002 are  expected  to decline  from 2001
levels due to the workforce reductions and cost savings initiatives  implemented
in 2001.

     Restructuring  and  Impairment  Charges  were $3.35  billion  in 2001.  The
Company announced that due to the duration and severity of the economic slowdown
for the  telecommunications  industry, it would be necessary to reduce operating
expenses as well as reduce and reprioritize capital expenditures in an effort to
be in a position  to benefit  when the  economy  recovers.  As a result of these
actions,  the  Company  reduced  its global  work force by


approximately 2,200 employees in 2001, primarily in the communications  business
in the United  States and Europe.  Restructuring  charges of  approximately  $10
million,  $40  million and $58 million  were  recorded in the first,  second and
fourth  quarters of 2001,  respectively,  of which $66 million  related to staff
reduction  and related  costs and $42 million to real estate  lease  termination
costs.  In total,  the  Company has paid $49  million in  severance  and related
fringe  benefit costs and $1 million in lease  termination  costs as of December
31,  2001 for these  actions.  The  remaining  $17 million of  expenditures  for
workforce  reductions  primarily relate to approximately 200 European  employees
terminated in the first quarter of 2002.  Lease  termination  obligations of $41
million are  expected to be  substantially  paid by June 30,  2002.  The Company
believes that after these  restructuring  charges,  its cost  structure  will be
better aligned with estimated future revenue streams.

     The economic  slowdown and the related capital  reprioritization  discussed
above resulted in certain  telecommunications assets being identified as excess,
obsolete  or carried  at values  that may not be  recoverable  due to an adverse
change in the extent in which the  telecommunication  assets were being utilized
caused  by  the  unfavorable  business  climate  within  the  telecommunications
industry.  As a result,  in the second  quarter of 2001 the  Company  recorded a
non-cash  impairment  charge  of $61  million,  representing  the  excess of the
carrying value over the fair value of these assets.  The fair value of the spare
equipment  was based on recent  cash sales of similar  equipment.  The  impaired
assets  were  written-off,  as the  Company  does not expect to utilize  them to
generate future cash flows.

     In  the  fourth  quarter  of  2001,  in  light  of the  continued  economic
uncertainty,  continued  customer  disconnections at higher rates than expected,
increased  difficulty in obtaining new revenue, and the overall slow down in the
communications  industry,  the Company again  reviewed the carrying value of its
long-lived  assets for possible  impairment in accordance with SFAS No. 144. The
Company  determined based upon its projections,  giving effect to the continuing
economic   slowdown  and  continued   over-capacity  in  certain  areas  of  the
telecommunications  industry,  the  estimated  future  undiscounted  cash  flows
attributable  to certain  assets or assets  groups  would not exceed the current
carrying  value of the assets.  The Company,  therefore,  recorded an impairment
charge of $3.2  billion to reflect the  difference  between the  estimated  fair
value of the assets on a discounted  cash flow basis and their current  carrying
value as further described below.

     The impairments  primarily relate to colocation assets,  excess conduits in
North America and European  intercity  and  metropolitan  networks,  and certain
transoceanic  assets.  Geographically,  approximately  74%  of the  charges  are
attributable  to  North  America,   17%  are   attributable  to  Europe  and  9%
attributable to transatlantic assets.

     The financial  problems of many of the  "dot-coms",  emerging  carriers and
competitors,  a weakening  economy,  and changing customer focus, have led to an
over-capacity of colocation space in several U.S. and European markets.  Level 3
is attempting to sell or sublease its excess colocation space; however,  current
market rates for much of the space are below its carrying  values.  As a result,
the Company recorded an impairment charge of approximately  $1.6 billion related
to  its  colocation   assets,   which  includes  owned   facilities,   leasehold
improvements and related equipment.

     Level 3 constructed  its networks in North America and Europe in such a way
that they could be continuously  upgraded to the most current technology without
affecting its existing  customers.  Level 3 also installed  additional  conduits
with the intention of selling them to other  carriers.  To date, the Company has
sold one conduit in its North American  network and, due to the current economic
environment and decreasing capital expenditure budgets of potential buyers, does
not expect  additional  sales in the  foreseeable  future.  For this  reason the
Company has recorded an impairment charge of approximately  $1.2 billion for the
conduits  that were  previously  determined  to be  available  for sale to third
parties based on estimated cash flows from the disposition of the conduits.

     The  completion  of  several  systems  in the  second  half of 2001 and the
expected  completion  of  additional  systems in 2002,  have resulted in an over
abundance of tranoceanic capacity.  This excess capacity,  combined with limited
demand,  have adversely affected the transoceanic  capacity markets.  At current
pricing  levels,  the Company does not believe it will recover its investment in
transoceanic  capacity from the future cash flows of these assets.  As a result,
the Company has recorded an impairment charge of approximately  $320 million for
its transatlantic submarine assets.


The Company also recorded an impairment  charge of approximately $65 million for
spare equipment  write-downs and abandoned  lateral builds in the fourth quarter
of 2001.

     EBITDA,  as defined by the Company,  consists of earnings  (losses)  before
interest, income taxes, depreciation,  amortization, non-cash operating expenses
(including   stock-based   compensation   and  impairment   charges)  and  other
non-operating   income  or  expenses.   The  Company  excludes   non-cash  stock
compensation due to its adoption of the expense  recognition  provisions of SFAS
No. 123.  EBITDA  improved to a loss of $300 million in 2001 from a loss of $482
million in 2000. Excluding the $108 million of restructuring charges recorded in
2001, EBITDA would have been a loss of $192 million for 2001. The improvement in
EBITDA is  predominantly  due to revenue growth and higher margins earned by the
communications business.

     Adjusted EBITDA, as defined by the Company, is EBITDA as defined above plus
the change in cash  deferred  revenue and  excluding  the non-cash cost of goods
sold associated with certain capacity sales and dark fiber contracts.  For 2001,
Adjusted  EBITDA  was $659  million  compared  to $118  million  for  2000.  The
increase,  in addition to the higher  margins noted above,  can be attributed to
up-front cash  payments  received  from  customers  for  contracts  that require
revenue to be recognized over the term of the contract.


                                                                                            

                                                                                      2001        2000

    EBITDA .......................................................................  $ (300)     $ (482)
    Change in Deferred Revenue....................................................     739         585
    Change in Deferred Revenue Billed but not Collected...........................      60        (181)
    Non-cash Cost of Goods Sold...................................................     160         196
                                                                                     -----       -----
        Adjusted EBITDA                                                              $ 659       $ 118
                                                                                     =====       =====


     EBITDA and Adjusted  EBITDA are not intended to  represent  operating  cash
flow or  profitability  for the  periods  indicated  and are not  calculated  in
accordance with GAAP. See Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows.

     Interest Income declined from $328 million in 2000 to $161 million in 2001.
The  decrease  is  primarily  attributable  to the average  cash and  marketable
securities  balance  declining from $5.7 billion during 2000 to $3.1 billion for
2001. In February 2000, the Company  raised  approximately  $5.5 billion in cash
through debt and equity offerings.  The Company has subsequently  utilized these
proceeds to fund its business plan and repurchase outstanding debt. In addition,
the  weighted  average  interest  rate  earned  on the  portfolio  decreased  by
approximately  120 basis  points  for 2001  versus  2000.  The  Company  expects
interest  income to continue to decline in 2002 due to  utilization  of funds to
repurchase  debt,  pay  operating  and  interest  expenses,   and  fund  capital
expenditures,  as well as lower interest rates. Pending utilization of the cash,
cash  equivalents  and  marketable  securities,  the  Company  invests the funds
primarily  in  government  and  government  agency  securities.  The  investment
strategy will provide  lower yields on the funds,  but is expected to reduce the
risk to principal in the short term prior to using the funds in implementing the
Company's business plan.

     Interest  Expense,  net increased to $646 million from $282 million in 2001
compared to 2000. The interest  expense and  amortization of debt issuance costs
associated with the debt raised in late February 2000, the commercial  mortgages
entered into during the latter half of 2000, and the increase in the size of the
Senior Secured Credit  Facility in the first quarter of 2001 all  contributed to
the increase in interest expense.  Additionally,  the increase can be attributed
to a decrease in the amount of interest capitalized in 2001 as compared to 2000.
The  Company   completed  a  significant   portion  of  the  network  and  other
communications  related facilities during 2001, therefore reducing the amount of
interest  capitalized.  Capitalized interest was $58 million in 2001 versus $353
million in 2000.  Partially  offsetting  these  increases was the  retirement of
approximately  $1.9 billion face amount of debt in the third and fourth quarters
of 2001 and lower  variable  interest rates  attributable  to the senior secured
credit facility and GMAC mortgage.

     Interest  expense is expected  to decline in future  periods as a result of
the convertible  subordinated debt repurchased  during the third quarter of 2001
and the senior debt and convertible  subordinated debt securities repurchased in
the "Modified Dutch Auction"  completed in October of 2001.  These  transactions
are expected to reduce annualized  interest expense and annualized cash interest
expense by approximately $175 million and $160 million, respectively.


     Equity in Earnings (Losses) of Unconsolidated  Subsidiaries was earnings of
$16 million in 2001, compared to loss of $284 million in 2000. The equity losses
in 2000 are  predominantly  attributable  to RCN Corporation  ("RCN").  RCN is a
facilities-based  provider of communications services to the residential markets
primarily  on the East and West  coasts as well as in  Chicago.  RCN is also the
largest regional  Internet  service provider in the Northeast.  RCN is incurring
significant  costs in developing its business plan. The Company's  proportionate
share of  RCN's  losses  exceeded  the  remaining  carrying  value of Level  3's
investment  in RCN  during the  fourth  quarter  of 2000.  Level 3 does not have
additional  financial  commitments to RCN;  therefore it only recognized  equity
losses equal to its investment in RCN. The Company will not record any equity in
RCN's future  profits,  until  unrecorded  equity  losses have been offset.  The
Company  did not  recognize  $249  million  and $20  million  of  equity  losses
attributable  to RCN in 2001 and 2000,  respectively.  Level 3  recorded  equity
losses  attributable to RCN of $260 million for the twelve months ended December
31, 2000.

     Equity in  earnings/losses  of  Commonwealth  Telephone  Enterprises,  Inc.
("Commonwealth  Telephone")  were  earnings of $16 million in 2001 and losses of
$24 million in 2000. In 2000, Commonwealth Telephone recognized losses primarily
due to a charge for the restructuring of its CTCI subsidiary. As a result, Level
3  recorded  a  $27  million   charge,   in  equity  in  earnings   (losses)  of
unconsolidated  subsidiaries,  for its  proportionate  share of this charge.  In
2001,  Commonwealth  Telephone,  in addition to improved operating results,  was
also able to recognize a one-time  benefit  related to the settlement of certain
restructuring liabilities recorded in 2000.

     Gain on Equity Investee Stock  Transactions was $100 million for the twelve
months  ended  December  31,  2000.  Specifically,  RCN issued stock for certain
transactions,  which diluted the Company"s ownership interest. The pre-tax gains
resulted  from the increase in the  Company's  proportionate  share of RCN's net
assets  related to these  transactions.  The Company did not record any gains on
equity  investee  stock  transactions  during 2001 due to the  suspended  equity
losses attributable to RCN.

     Other,  net  increased  from a loss of $21 million for 2000 to a gain of $2
million  for 2001.  In 2001,  Other,  net  includes a charge  for an  other-than
temporary  decline in the value of investments of $37 million and $27 million of
gains  when  divine,  inc.  agreed to release  Level 3 from a  deferred  revenue
obligation.  Additionally,  the Company  recorded  losses of $19 million in 2001
related to losses on certain  fixed  asset  disposals  and $31  million of other
items, primarily $17 million of realized gains from the sale of Euro denominated
marketable  securities.  In 2000,  Other,  net is  primarily  comprised of a $22
million gain from the sale of the Company's 50% ownership interest in the Walnut
Creek  Mining  Company and a loss of $37 million from the  other-than  temporary
decline in the value of investments.

     Level 3 announced in March 2002,  that it intends to sell 4,025,000  shares
of Commonwealth  Telephone that it currently holds. If this sale occurs, Level 3
will recognize a significant gain on the disposition of these shares.

     Income Tax Benefit for 2001 was zero as a result of the Company  exhausting
the taxable  income in the  carryback  period in 2000.  As of December 31, 2001,
Level 3 had  approximately  $1.8  billion of net  operating  loss  carryforwards
available to offset future taxable  income.  At this time, the Company is unable
to determine when it will have taxable income to offset the loss  carryforwards.
The tax  benefit for 2000  differs  from the  statutory  rate due to the limited
availability  of taxable  income in the carryback  period for which current year
losses can be offset.

     On March 9, 2002,  legislation  was enacted that will enable the Company to
carry its taxable net operating losses back five years. As a result, the Company
expects to receive a Federal  income tax refund of  approximately  $120  million
after it files its 2001 Federal income tax return carrying back the taxable loss
to 1996.  This benefit will be  reflected  in the first  quarter 2002  financial
statements in accordance with SFAS No. 109 "Accounting for Income Taxes".

     Discontinued   Operations  includes  the  results  of  operations  and  the
estimated loss on the disposal of Level 3's Asian assets.  On December 19, 2001,
Level 3  announced  that it had  agreed  to sell  its  Asian  telecommunications
business  to  Reach  Ltd.  for  no  cash  consideration.  The  agreement  covers
subsidiaries that include the Asian network operations,  assets, liabilities and
future  financial  obligations.  This  includes  Level 3's share of the Northern
Asian  cable  system,  capacity  on  the  Japan-US  cable  system,  capital  and
operational  expenses  related to these two  systems,  gateways in Hong Kong and
Tokyo, and existing customers on Level 3's Asian


network.  Level 3 estimates that this transaction will reduce its future funding
requirements by  approximately  $300 million through a combination of reductions
in capital  expenditures,  network  and  operating  expenses,  taxes and working
capital.

     The  transaction  closed on January 18, 2002. As of December 31, 2001,  the
net carrying value of Level 3's Asian assets was approximately $465 million.  In
accordance  with SFAS No.  144,  Level 3 recorded  an  impairment  loss,  within
discontinued  operations,  equal to the difference between the carrying value of
the assets and their fair value. Based upon the terms of the sale agreement, the
Company also accrued $51 million in certain  remaining  capital  obligations  it
assumed  for the two  submarine  systems  to be sold  to  Reach,  and  estimated
transaction costs. The losses from the discontinued  Asian operating  activities
in 2001 and 2000 were $89  million  and $48  million,  respectively.  The higher
losses are  primarily  attributable  to  increases in  depreciation  expense and
selling, general and administrative expenses.

     Extraordinary  Gain on Debt  Extinguishment was $1.1 billion for the twelve
months ended December 31, 2001. The Company  recognized  gains of  approximately
$117  million,  after  transaction  and debt issuance  costs,  when it exchanged
approximately  15.9 million shares of common stock,  valued at approximately $72
million,  for $194  million  of its  convertible  subordinated  notes in several
private  transactions.  The Company also recognized gains of approximately  $967
million when it repurchased approximately $1.7 billion of debt for approximately
$731 million in cash,  including  accrued  interest,  through the Modified Dutch
Auction  completed in October of 2001.  Offsetting these gains were losses of $9
million from the write-off of debt issuance costs and  prepayment  expenses CPTC
incurred to refinance its long-term debt.

     Level 3 continued to repurchase  debt in January and February of 2002 using
cash and equity.  The Company  expects to  recognize  an  extraordinary  gain of
approximately  $130  million  in the  first  quarter  of 2002 as a result of the
transactions completed through March 13, 2002.

Results of Operations 2000 vs. 1999

     Revenue for the years ended  December  31,  2000 and  December  31, 1999 is
summarized as follows (in millions):


                                                                                              
                                                                                       2000         1999

         Communications...........................................................    $ 857        $ 159
         Information Services.....................................................      115          130
         Coal Mining..............................................................      190          207
         Other....................................................................       22           19
                                                                                      -----        -----
                                                                                    $ 1,184        $ 515
                                                                                    =======        =====


     Communications  revenue increased by 439% to $857 million in 2000. In 2000,
the Company  generated  services revenue,  including private line,  wavelengths,
colocation,  managed  modem,  and dark fiber revenue  associated  with contracts
entered  into after June 30, 1999,  of $593 million  compared to $100 million in
1999. The completion of several metropolitan networks and Gateways in the United
States and Europe are primarily  responsible  for the increase.  At December 31,
2000,  Level 3 had local  networks in 32 domestic and  international  cities and
Gateway  facilities  in 60 markets.  This  compares to 25 local  networks and 31
Gateways at the end of 1999.  Level 3 also  recognized  revenue of $105  million
related to submarine systems, primarily from the completion of its transatlantic
submarine  cable and  subsequent  sale to Viatel Inc. in November of 2000.  Dark
fiber sales for contracts  entered into before June 30, 1999  increased from $35
million  in 1999 to $209  million  in 2000.  This is a result  of a  significant
portion of Level 3's North American  intercity  network being completed in 2000.
Also  included in 2000  communications  revenue  was $55  million of  reciprocal
compensation  revenue  from  executed and  approved  interconnection  agreements
compared  to $24  million  in  1999.  Level 3  reached  an  agreement  with  SBC
Communications,  Inc. in January 2001 which  establishes  a rate  structure  for
transmission and switching services provided by one carrier to complete or carry
traffic originating on another carrier's network. The implementation of the rate
structure and  reciprocal  compensation  billing  settlement is contingent  upon
certain conditions including approval by relevant regulatory authorities.  Level
3 did not recognize any revenue  related to


this agreement in 2000.  Information services revenue declined by $15 million in
2000 to $115  million.  This  decline  is  primarily  attributable  to Year 2000
computer processing and consulting work completed in 1999.

     The  communications  business  generated  Cash Revenue of $1.26  billion in
2000.  In  addition  to revenue,  the  Company  includes  the change in the cash
portion of deferred  revenue in its definition of Cash Revenue.  The increase in
cash  deferred  revenue for the  communications  business  for the year was $404
million and is in part due to the  implementation  of FIN 43 which  requires the
Company to defer the  recognition of certain dark fiber  contracts and IRU sales
over the term of the  agreement,  typically  10-20  years.  For  these  types of
agreements,  the Company normally receives a deposit at the time the contract is
signed  and the  remainder  when the  fiber is  delivered  and  accepted  by the
customer.  In  1999,  Cash  Revenue  for the  communications  business  was $243
million.


                                                                                          

                                                                                     2000       1999

    Communications Revenue......................................................    $ 857      $ 159
    Change in Deferred Revenue..................................................      585        108
    Change in Deferred Revenue Billed but not Collected.........................     (181)       (24)
                                                                                    -----       -----
    Communications Cash Revenue                                                    $ 1,261      $ 243
                                                                                   =======      =====


     Coal Mining revenue declined  approximately 8% in 2000 from $207 million in
1999 to $190 million in 2000.  Coal revenue was expected to decline in 2000 as a
result of the reduced  shipments  under long-term coal contracts and the sale of
the Company's entire interest in Walnut Creek Mining Company.

     Other  revenue  in  2000   approximated   1999  revenue  and  is  primarily
attributable to California Private Transportation Company, L.P.

     Cost of Revenue for 2000 was $792  million,  representing  a 120%  increase
over  1999  cost of  revenue  of  $360  million  as a  result  of the  expanding
communications  business.  Overall  the cost of revenue  for the  communications
business, as a percentage of revenue,  decreased  significantly from 115% during
1999  to  73%  for  2000.   This   decrease  is   attributed  to  the  expanding
communications business. The Company recognized $196 million of costs associated
with dark fiber and  transoceanic  cable sales in 2000.  The cost of revenue for
the information services businesses, as a percentage of its revenue, was 77% for
2000  compared to 65% for 1999.  Lower margins on new contracts and the omission
of Year 2000  related  work  resulted  in the  decline in  margins.  The cost of
revenue for the coal mining  business,  as a percentage of revenue,  was 40% for
2000 and 45% in 1999.  In  December  1999,  Commonwealth  Edison and the Company
renegotiated  certain coal contracts whereby  Commonwealth  Edison was no longer
required to take delivery of its coal commitments but still must pay Level 3 the
margins Level 3 would have earned had the coal been delivered.

     Depreciation and Amortization  expenses for 2000 were $579 million,  a 154%
increase over 1999 deprecation and amortization  expenses of $228 million.  This
increase is a direct  result of the  communications  assets placed in service in
the  later  half  of  1999  and  throughout  2000,  including  Gateways,   local
metropolitan networks and domestic international and submarine networks.

     Selling,  General and  Administrative  expenses  were $1.1 billion in 2000,
representing a 67% increase over 1999. This increase  primarily results from the
Company's  addition of over 2,350 employees during 2000. There was a substantial
increase in  compensation,  travel and  facilities  costs due to the  additional
employees.  The Company  also  recorded  $236  million in non-cash  compensation
expense for the year ended December 31, 2000, for expenses recognized under SFAS
No.  123  related  to grants of stock  options  and  warrants;  $125  million of
non-cash  compensation was recorded for the same period in 1999. The increase in
non-cash  compensation  is due  predominantly  to an  increase  in the number of
employees.  Communications,  insurance,  bad debt, data processing and marketing
costs  also  contributed  to the  higher  selling,  general  and  administrative
expenses.  In addition to the expenses noted above, the Company capitalized $162
million and $116 million of selling, general and administrative expenses in 2000
and 1999,  respectively,  which consisted primarily of compensation  expense for
employees and consultants working on capital projects.

     EBITDA, as defined by the Company,  decreased to a loss of $482 million for
the year  ended  December  31,  2000 from a $383  million  loss for  1999.  This
decrease was predominantly due to the increase in selling, general and


administrative expenses resulting from the rapid expansion of the communications
business.  EBITDA is  commonly  used in the  communications  industry to analyze
companies on the basis of operating performance.

     Adjusted  EBITDA,  as  defined  by the  Company,  was a $118  million  gain
compared to a loss of $282 million in 1999. An increase in cash deferred revenue
of $404 million and non-cash cost of goods sold related to transoceanic and dark
fiber sales of $196 million are primarily  responsible for the improved Adjusted
EBITDA figures.


                                                                                            

                                                                                      2000         1999

    EBITDA.......................................................................   $ (482)      $ (383)
    Change in Deferred Revenue...................................................      585          108
    Change in Deferred Revenue Billed but not Collected..........................     (181)         (24)
    Non-cash Cost of Goods Sold..................................................      196           17
                                                                                     -----        -----
    Adjusted EBITDA                                                                  $ 118        $(282)
                                                                                     =====        =====

     EBITDA and Adjusted  EBITDA are not intended to  represent  operating  cash
flow for the periods indicated and are not GAAP. See Consolidated  Statements of
Cash Flows.

     Interest Income was $328 million for 2000 compared to $212 million in 1999.
This 55% increase was predominantly due to the Company's increased average cash,
cash  equivalents  and  marketable  securities  balances.  Average cash balances
increased  largely due to the  approximately  $5.4 billion in proceeds  received
from the February 29, 2000 debt and equity offerings. The Company's average cash
balance  also  increased  as a  result  of the  September  1999  6%  Convertible
Subordinated  Notes offering and the Senior Secured Credit  Facility  agreement.
The  increase  in  interest  income  is also  due to  increasing  yields  on the
Company's investments due to increased market rates.

     Interest  Expense,  net for 2000 of $282 million  represents a 62% increase
from 1999. The substantial  increase was due to the 6% Convertible  Subordinated
Notes issued in September 1999, the Senior Secured Credit Facility  entered into
in September  1999, as well as the  approximately  $3 billion in debt securities
issued on February 29, 2000. The amortization of the related debt issuance costs
also contributed to the increased interest expense in 2000. Partially offsetting
this  increase was an increase in  capitalized  interest to $353 million in 2000
from $116 million in 1999.

     Equity in Losses of  Unconsolidated  Subsidiaries  was $284 million in 2000
compared  to  $127  million  in  1999.  The  equity  losses  are   predominantly
attributable  to the Company's  investment in RCN. RCN is incurring  significant
costs in developing  its business  plan.  The  Company's  share of RCN's losses,
increased to $260  million in 2000 from $135 million in 1999.  During the fourth
quarter  of 2000,  Level 3's  proportionate  share of the RCN's  fourth  quarter
losses  exceeded the remaining  carrying  value of Level 3's  investment in RCN.
Level 3 does not have additional financial  commitments to RCN; therefore it can
only recognize  equity losses equal to its investment in RCN. As of December 31,
2000,  Level 3 had not  recorded  approximately  $20  million  of equity  losses
attributable to RCN's fourth quarter losses. Equity losses for 2000 also include
$24 million of losses attributable to Commonwealth  Telephone. In December 2000,
Commonwealth  Telephone  announced  that it was  going to  record  a  charge  to
earnings  for the  restructuring  of its  CTCI  subsidiary.  Therefore,  Level 3
recorded $27 million of equity losses,  representing its proportionate  share of
the restructuring charge.

Gains on Equity Investee Stock  Transactions  was $100 million for 2000 compared
to $118 million for 1999.  RCN issued stock for the  acquisition of 21st Century
Telecom Group,  Inc. and for certain  transactions in early 2000,  which diluted
the Company's  ownership of RCN from 35% at December 31, 1999 to 31% at December
31, 2000.  These  transactions  diluted Level 3's ownership in RCN but increased
its proportionate share of RCN's common equity. As a result,  Level 3 recognized
$95 million of pre-tax gains related to RCN stock activity in 2000. In 1999, RCN
issued stock in a public offering and for certain  transactions,  which resulted
in a pre-tax gain of $117 million to the Company. The Company does not expect to
recognize  future  gains on RCN  stock  activity  unless  the gains  exceed  the
accumulated  net  equity  losses not  recognized  by the  Company.  Level 3 also
recognized  pre-tax  gains  of $5  million  and $1  million  in 2000  and  1999,
respectively,  for  Commonwealth  Telephone  stock  activity  that  diluted  the
Company's ownership to 46% at December 31, 2000.


     Gain (Loss) on Sale of Assets  decreased to a $19 million loss in 2000.  In
the second  half of 2000,  market  conditions  and the  valuations  assigned  to
companies in certain  Internet  related  sectors and the  Company's  view of the
business  prospects  of such  entities  declined  dramatically.  Therefore,  the
Company  recorded  a $37  million  pre-tax  charge  for an  other-than-temporary
decline in the value of a publicly traded investment.  Partially offsetting this
charge  was a $21  million  pre-tax  gain on the  sale of the  Company's  entire
interest in the Walnut Creek Mining to Peter Kiewit Sons' Inc. Also included are
gains and losses on the sale of construction and other operating equipment.

     Other, net decreased to a loss of $2 million in 2000 from a $7 million gain
in 1999. The decrease is  predominately  due to foreign exchange losses recorded
in 2000.

     Income Tax Benefit for 2000 differs  from the prior year and the  statutory
rate  primarily due to limited  availability  of taxable income in the carryback
period to offset  current year  losses.  The income tax benefit for 1999 differs
from the statutory rate of 35% primarily due to losses incurred by the Company's
international  subsidiaries  which cannot be included in the  consolidated  U.S.
federal return,  nondeductible  goodwill  amortization  expense and state income
taxes.  For fiscal 2000,  Level 3  recognized  a benefit  equal to the amount of
refund  available due to  utilization of net operating  loss  carrybacks.  As of
December 31, 2000, Level 3 had approximately  $638 million of net operating loss
carryforwards available to offset future taxable income.

     Discontinued  Operations  increased  from a loss of $5 million in 1999 to a
loss of $48 million in 2000. Level 3 began operations in Asia in the latter half
of 1999 and continued to expand them throughout 2000. Employee  compensation and
facility related costs primarily account for the increased losses.

Financial Condition-December 31, 2001

     The Company's  working capital  decreased from $3.1 billion at December 31,
2000 to $0.6 billion at December 31, 2001 due  primarily to the use of available
funds in payment of  selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses,  interest
expense,  construction  of the Level 3 network and debt  repurchases  by Level 3
Finance, LLC. Proceeds from the Senior Secured Credit Facility borrowings in the
first quarter of 2001 increased working capital.

     Cash  provided  by  operations  decreased  from $1.0  billion in the twelve
months  ended  December 31, 2000 to $141  million in 2001.  Fluctuations  in the
components  of  working  capital  are  primarily  responsible  for the  decline.
Reductions  in accounts  payable and lower  income tax  refunds  were  partially
offset by an increase in deferred revenue and lower receivable balances.

     Investing  activities  include  using the proceeds  from the first  quarter
Senior Secured Credit  Facility term loan borrowing and cash on hand to purchase
$1.2 billion of marketable securities and complete approximately $2.4 billion of
capital expenditures, primarily for the communications network. The Company also
realized  $3.7 billion of proceeds  from the sales and  maturities of marketable
securities and $67 million of proceeds from the sale of certain operating assets
and construction equipment, and spent $110 million on assets held for sale.

     Financing  activities  in 2001  consisted  primarily of the net proceeds of
$636 million from the first  quarter 2001 Senior  Secured  Credit  Facility term
loan borrowing for the telecommunications  business.  CPTC received $125 million
of net cash from its  refinancing  and repaid  long-term  debt of $114  million.
Level 3 Finance, LLC repurchased  approximately $1.7 billion face amount of debt
and  accrued   interest  for   approximately   $695  million  and  $36  million,
respectively.  In  addition,  Level  3,  in  non-cash  transactions,   exchanged
approximately   $194  million  of  its   convertible   subordinated   notes  for
approximately $72 million of its common stock.

     The Company invested approximately $226 million in its discontinued Asian
operations   in  2001   including   approximately   $178   million  for  capital
expenditures.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

     The Company is a  facilities-based  provider (that is, a provider that owns
or leases a substantial  portion of the property,  plant and equipment necessary
to provide its services) of a broad range of integrated communications


services.  The Company  has  created,  through a  combination  of  construction,
purchase and, to a lesser  extent,  leasing of facilities  and other assets,  an
advanced,  international,  end-to-end,  facilities-based communications network.
The Company has  designed  its network  based on optical and  Internet  Protocol
technologies  in order to leverage the  efficiencies  of these  technologies  to
provide lower cost communications services.

     The further  development  of the  communications  business will continue to
require significant  expenditures.  These expenditures may result in substantial
negative  operating  cash flow and  substantial  net  operating  losses  for the
Company for the  foreseeable  future.  The  Company's  capital  expenditures  in
connection with its business plan were  approximately  $2.3 billion during 2001.
The  majority of the  spending  was for  construction  of the U.S.  and European
intercity  networks,  certain  local  networks in the U.S.  and Europe,  and the
transoceanic  cable  network.  Through  December 31, 2001, the total cost of the
Level 3 network  by  region,  including  intercity  and  metropolitan  networks,
optronic and other transmission  equipment,  transmission  facilities  including
gateway facilities and the regions allocated portion of undersea cables was $9.2
billion for North  America and $1.7 billion for Europe.  The  Company's  capital
expenditures  are expected to decline  significantly  since  construction of its
North  American  and  European  networks  are now  substantially  complete.  The
substantial  majority of the Company's ongoing capital expenditures are expected
to be success-based,  or tied to incremental revenue. The Company estimates that
its base capital  expenditures,  excluding  success-based  capital expenditures,
will total approximately $200 million in 2002.

     The  cash  and  marketable  securities  already  on hand  and  the  undrawn
commitments  of  approximately  $650  million  at  December  31,  2001 under the
expanded  Senior  Secured  Credit  Facility (see below),  provided  Level 3 with
approximately  $2.1  billion  of  available  funds at the end of 2001.  Based on
information  available at this time, management of the Company believes that the
Company's  current  liquidity and anticipated  future cash flows from operations
will be sufficient to fund its business plan through free cash flow breakeven.

     The Company  currently  estimates that the  implementation  of the business
plan  from  its  inception   through  free  cash  flow  breakeven  will  require
approximately $13 billion to $14 billion on a cumulative basis. The Company also
currently  estimates  that its  operations  will reach free cash flow  breakeven
without a requirement  for  additional  financing.  The timing of free cash flow
breakeven  will be a function of revenue and cash revenue  growth as well as the
Company's  management  of  network,  selling,  general and  administrative,  and
capital  expenditures.  The Company's  successful debt and equity offerings have
given the  Company the ability to  implement  the  business  plan.  However,  if
additional opportunities should present themselves,  the Company may be required
to secure additional  financing in the future. In order to pursue these possible
opportunities and provide  additional  flexibility to fund its business plan, in
January 2001 the Company filed a "universal" shelf registration statement for an
additional  $3  billion  of common  stock,  preferred  stock,  debt  securities,
warrants, stock purchase agreements and depositary shares. This shelf filing, in
combination  with  the  remaining   availability  under  a  previously  existing
universal shelf registration statement, will allow Level 3 to offer an aggregate
of up to $3.2 billion of additional securities to fund its business plan.

     In addition to raising  capital  through the debt and equity  markets,  the
Company  may sell or dispose  of  existing  businesses  or  investments  to fund
portions  of the  business  plan.  In  February  2002,  Level 3  announced  that
Commonwealth  Telephone had filed a registration  statement allowing the Company
to sell 3,165,500  shares of  Commonwealth  Telephone in a public  offering.  On
March 8, the registration statement was amended to increase the number of shares
to be  sold by the  Company  up to  4,025,000.  In  addition,  the  Company  has
announced that it will seek to sell or sublease excess real estate.  The Company
may also sell or lease fiber optic capacity, or access to its conduits.

     The  Company  may not be  successful  in  producing  sufficient  cash flow,
raising  sufficient  debt or  equity  capital  on  terms  that it will  consider
acceptable,  or  selling  or  leasing  fiber  optic  capacity  or  access to its
conduits.  In addition,  proceeds from  dispositions of the Company's assets may
not reflect the  assets'  intrinsic  values.  Further,  expenses  may exceed the
Company's  estimates  and the  financing  needed may be higher  than  estimated.
Failure to generate sufficient funds may require the Company to delay or abandon
some of its  future  expansion  or  expenditures,  which  could  have a material
adverse effect on the implementation of the business plan.

     In  connection  with the  implementation  of the Company's  business  plan,
management  continues to review the existing  businesses,  including portions of
its communications and information services  businesses,  to determine how those
businesses  will assist with the Company's  focus on delivery of  communications
and information  services


and reaching cash flow breakeven.  To the extent that certain businesses are not
considered to be compatible with the delivery of  communication  and information
services  or with  obtaining  cash flow  objectives,  the Company may exit those
businesses.  It is possible  that the  decision to exit these  businesses  could
result in the Company not recovering its  investment in the  businesses,  and in
those cases,  a significant  charge to earnings could result.  For example,  the
Company  sold its Asian  operations  to Reach Ltd.  and  incurred a loss of $516
million.

     On July 26, 2001,  Level 3 announced that it had amended its Senior Secured
Credit  Facility  to permit the  Company to acquire  certain of its  outstanding
indebtedness  in  exchange  for shares of common  stock.  During  2001,  various
issuances of Level 3's  outstanding  senior  notes,  senior  discount  notes and
convertible  subordinated  notes traded at discounts to their respective face or
accreted amounts. As of December 31, 2001, the Company had exchanged, in private
transactions,  approximately $194 million of its convertible  subordinated notes
for shares of its common stock valued at approximately $72 million.

     On October 23,  2001,  the Company  announced  that its first tier,  wholly
owned subsidiary,  Level 3 Finance, LLC had completed a "Modified Dutch Auction"
tender  offer for a  portion  of the  Company's  senior  notes  and  convertible
subordinate  notes.  Level 3  Finance  repurchased  debt  with a face  value  of
approximately $1.7 billion,  plus accrued interest,  if applicable,  for a total
purchase price of approximately $731 million. The net gain on the extinguishment
of the debt,  including  transaction  costs and unamortized debt issuance costs,
was approximately  $967 million and was recorded as an extraordinary item in the
consolidated statement of operations.

     Through March 13, 2002, Level 3 had retired an additional $195 million face
amount of debt securities, by issuing 7.4 million shares of common stock, valued
at $32 million,  and using approximately $34 million of cash. Level 3 expects to
recognize a gain of  approximately  $130  million,  after  transaction  and debt
issuance costs, from these transactions in the first quarter of 2002.

     Level 3 is aware  that the  various  issuances  of its  outstanding  senior
notes,  senior  discount notes and  convertible  subordinated  notes continue to
trade at discounts to their  respective  face or accreted  amounts.  In order to
continue to reduce future cash interest payments,  as well as future amounts due
at maturity,  Level 3 or its affiliates  may, from time to time,  purchase these
outstanding  debt securities for cash or exchange shares of Level 3 common stock
for these  outstanding  debt  securities  pursuant to the exemption  provided by
Section  3(a)(9) of the  Securities  Act of 1933, as amended,  in open market or
privately negotiated  transactions.  Level 3 will evaluate any such transactions
in light of then existing market  conditions.  The amounts  involved in any such
transactions, individually or in the aggregate, may be material.

     The Company has a $1.775  billion Senior  Secured  Credit  Facility.  As of
March 13, 2001,  $1.125  billion of the $1.775  billion  senior  secured  credit
facility  was drawn.  The balance  represents  the  approximately  $650  million
revolving credit facility.

     The Senior Secured Credit Facility has customary covenants, or requirements
that the  company  and  certain  of its  subsidiaries  must  meet to  remain  in
compliance  with the  contract,  including a financial  covenant  that  measures
minimum revenues (Minimum Telecom Revenue). The subsidiaries of the Company that
must comply with the terms and conditions of the credit facility are referred to
as Restricted Subsidiaries.

     The Minimum Telecom Revenue  covenant  generally  requires that the Company
meet  or  exceed  specified  levels  of cash  revenue  from  communications  and
information services businesses generated by the Restricted Subsidiaries.
     The Minimum Telecom Revenue covenant is calculated  quarterly on a trailing
four-quarter  basis and must exceed $1.5 billion for the first  quarter of 2002,
increasing to $2.3 billion in the fourth quarter of 2002,  $3.375 billion in the
fourth  quarter of 2003,  and $4.75 billion in the fourth  quarter of 2004.  The
Restricted  Subsidiaries  currently  include  those  engaged  in  the  Company's
communications  businesses and certain  subsidiaries of (i)Structure  engaged in
the Company's information services businesses.

     Those  subsidiaries  of the Company that are not subject to the limitations
of the Credit  Agreement  are  referred  to as  Unrestricted  Subsidiaries.  The
Unrestricted Subsidiaries include Level 3's coal mining and toll road properties
and its holdings in RCN and Commonwealth Telephone.

     If the Company does not remain in compliance with this financial  covenant,
as well as certain other  covenants,  it could be in default of the terms of the
Senior Secured  Credit  Facility.  Under this  scenario,  the lenders


could take  actions to require  repayment.  The  Company  believes it is in full
compliance with all covenants as of December 31, 2001.

     On January 29, 2002, the Company stated that it was in compliance  with all
of the terms, conditions, and covenants under the Senior Secured Credit Facility
and expected to remain in  compliance  through the end of the first quarter 2002
based on its publicly  disclosed  financial  projections.  However,  the Company
stated  that if sales,  disconnects  and  cancellations  were to continue at the
levels  experienced  during the second half of 2001, the Company may violate the
Minimum Telecom Revenue covenant as early as the end of the second quarter 2002.
The Company also stated that to the extent the Company's operational performance
improves or it  completes  acquisitions  that  generate  sufficient  incremental
revenue,  a potential  violation  of the  covenant  could be delayed  beyond the
second quarter of 2002 or eliminated entirely.

     Level 3  announced  on February  25,  2002 that it had signed a  definitive
agreement to acquire CorpSoft,  Inc., a Norwood,  Massachusetts  based marketer,
distributor and reseller of business software, which conducts its business under
the  name  Corporate   Software.   Corporate   Software  had  2001  revenues  of
approximately $1.1 billion.  Corporate Software had 2001 EBITDA of approximately
$18 million,  excluding stock-based compensation expense, one-time restructuring
charges and other non-recurring  employee costs. Level 3 expects the acquisition
will enable its information  services business to leverage  CorpSoft's  customer
base,  worldwide presence and relationships to expand its portfolio of services.
In addition, Level 3 expects to utilize its network infrastructure to facilitate
the deployment of software to CorpSoft's  customers.  The transaction  closed on
March 13,  2002.  Since  closing,  revenues as  measured by the Minimum  Telecom
Revenue covenant include Corporate Software revenues.

     As a result of this  transaction,  the  Company  believes it will remain in
compliance  with the terms and conditions of the Senior Secured Credit  Facility
until the second half of 2003. The Company's  expectation  assumes that it takes
no other  actions,  its sales  levels do not improve  beyond  those  experienced
during the second half of 2001, and  disconnects and  cancellations  continue to
decrease  during  the  second  half of 2002 in  accordance  with  the  Company's
customer credit analysis.

     Given other  actions  the  Company  may take,  and based on its longer term
expectations   for   improvements   in  its  rate  of  sales,   disconnects  and
cancellations,  new product  and service  introductions  and the  potential  for
additional  acquisitions,  the Company  believes  it will  continue to remain in
compliance  with the terms and conditions of the Senior Secured Credit  Facility
over the term of that agreement.

     Current  economic  conditions  of the  telecommunications  and  information
services  industry,  combined  with Level 3's strong  financial  position,  have
created potential opportunities for Level 3 to acquire telecommunications assets
at attractive  prices.  Level 3 continues to evaluate  these  opportunities  and
could make acquisitions in addition to the Corporate Software  transaction,  and
the McLeodUSA acquisition described below, in 2002.

     On January 24,  2002 Level 3 completed  the  acquisition  of the  wholesale
dial-up access business  assets of McLeodUSA  Incorporated  (formerly  Splitrock
Services) for approximately $50 million in cash consideration and the assumption
of certain  operating  liabilities  related to that  business.  The  acquisition
includes customer contracts,  approximately 350 POPs (Points of Presence) across
the U.S. and the related  facilities,  equipment  and  underlying  circuits.  In
addition,  the  parties  entered  into  certain  operating  agreements  enabling
McLeodUSA  to continue  to support  its  in-region  customers.  The  acquisition
enables  Level 3 to  provide  managed  modem  service  in all 50  states  with a
coverage  area that  includes  80  percent  of the U.S.  population,  up from 37
states, and 57 percent of the U.S. population.

     In December 2000, the Company  entered into a  sales-leaseback  transaction
involving two corporate aircraft.  The Company is amortizing the $8 million gain
recognized on the transaction over the ten year term of the lease.  Annual lease
payments of  approximately  $1.9  million are  included in the  operating  lease
disclosures  below.  The Company has not entered  into any  bandwidth  commodity
contracts through the date of this report.


     The following tables  summarize the contractual  obligations and commercial
commitments  of the Company at December  31, 2001,  as further  described in the
notes to the financial statements.


                                                                                    

                                                                   Payments Due by Period
                                                              Less than                4 - 5      After 5
                                                    Total      1 Year     1-3 Years    Years       Years
Contractual Obligations
   Long-Term Debt, including current portion..      $6,216       $  7        $ 279     $ 265      $5,665
   Reclamation..................                        96          4            9         9          74
   Operating Leases.............                       566         54          104       102         306

Other Commercial Commitments
    Letters of Credit..........                         48         38            7         5           1


     On March 9, 2002,  legislation  was enacted that will enable the Company to
carry its taxable net operating losses back five years. As a result, the Company
expects to receive a Federal  income tax refund of  approximately  $120  million
after it files its 2001 Federal income tax return carrying back the taxable loss
to 1996.


ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

     Level 3 is subject to market risks arising from changes in interest  rates,
equity prices and foreign  exchange  rates.  The Company's  exposure to interest
rate risk increased due to the $1.375  billion  Senior  Secured Credit  Facility
entered into by the Company in September 1999, the additional $400 million added
to the Senior Secured Credit  Facility  during the first quarter of 2001 and the
commercial  mortgages entered into in 2000. As of December 31, 2001, the Company
had borrowed  $1.125 billion under the Senior  Secured Credit  Facility and $233
million under the commercial  mortgages.  Amounts drawn on the debt  instruments
bear interest at the alternate base rate or LIBOR rate plus applicable  margins.
As the alternate  base rate and LIBOR rate  fluctuate,  so too will the interest
expense on  amounts  borrowed  under the  credit  facility  and  mortgages.  The
weighted average interest rate based on outstanding amounts under these variable
rate instruments of $1.4 billion at December 31, 2001, was approximately 5.4%. A
hypothetical increase in the variable portion of the weighted average rate by 1%
(i.e. a weighted  average rate of 6.4%),  would increase annual interest expense
of the Company by approximately $14 million.  In an effort to reduce the risk of
increased interest rates related to the Lehman commercial mortgage,  the Company
entered into an interest rate cap  agreement in January  2001.  The terms of the
agreement provide that the net interest expense related to the Lehman commercial
mortgage will not exceed 8% plus the original  spread.  The agreement  therefore
caps the LIBOR  portion of the interest  rate at 8%. At December  31, 2001,  the
Company had $4.85 billion of fixed rate debt bearing a weighted average interest
rate of 9.05%.  A decline in  interest  rates in the future will not benefit the
Company due to the terms and conditions of the loan agreements which require the
Company to repurchase  the debt at specified  premiums.  The Company was able to
reduce its  exposure  to interest  rate risk by  acquiring  certain  outstanding
indebtedness in exchange for shares of common stock and cash. As a result of the
additional  debt  repurchases  in 2002, the Company was able to reduce its fixed
rate debt outstanding to $4.65 billion.  The Company continues to evaluate other
alternatives to limit interest rate risk.

     Level 3 continues to hold positions in certain  publicly  traded  entities,
primarily  Commonwealth  Telephone  and RCN. The Company  accounts for these two
investments  using the equity method.  The market value of these investments was
approximately  $563 million at December 31, 2001, which is significantly  higher
than their carrying value of $121 million.  The Company has registered  with the
Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  to  sell a  portion  of its  holdings  in
Commonwealth  Telephone.  Level 3 has also  stated that it may dispose of all or
part of the remaining  investments in the next 12-18 months.  The value received
for the  investments  would be  affected by the market  value of the  underlying
stock  at the time of any  such  transaction.  A 20%  decrease  in the  price of
Commonwealth  Telephone  and RCN  stock  would  result in  approximately  a $113
million  decrease  in fair  value of these  investments.  The  Company  does not
currently  utilize  financial  instruments  to  minimize  its  exposure to price
fluctuations in equity securities.

     The  Company's   business  plan   included   developing   and  operating  a
telecommunications  network in Europe.  As of December 31, 2001, the Company had
invested  significant  amounts of capital in that  region and will  continue  to
expand its presence in Europe in 2002. The Company issued EURO 800 million (EURO
453 million  outstanding  at December 31, 2001) in Senior Euro Notes in February
2000  as  an  economic   hedge  against  its  net  investment  in  its


European subsidiaries.  Due to the historically low exchange rates involving the
U.S. Dollar and the Euro,  during the fourth quarter of 2000, Level 3 elected to
set aside the remaining Euros received from the debt offerings. During the third
quarter of 2001, Level 3 elected to start funding its current European investing
and  operating  activities  with the Euros that had  previously  been set aside.
Other than the  issuance  of the Euro  denominated  debt and the  holding of the
Euros,  the Company has not made  significant  use of financial  instruments  to
minimize its exposure to foreign currency fluctuations. The Company continues to
analyze risk management strategies to reduce foreign currency exchange risk.

     The  change  in  interest  rates  and  equity  security  prices is based on
hypothetical  movements and are not necessarily indicative of the actual results
that  may  occur.  Future  earnings  and  losses  will  be  affected  by  actual
fluctuations in interest rates, equity prices and foreign currency rates.


ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

     Financial  statements and supplementary  financial  information for Level 3
Communications, Inc. and Subsidiaries begin on page F-1.

     The financial statements of an equity method investee (RCN Corporation) are
required by Rule 3.09 and will be filed as a part of this Report by an amendment
to this  Report  upon the  filing by RCN of their  Form 10-K for the year  ended
December 31, 2001. RCN's filing of their Form 10-K is not yet due.

ITEM  9.  CHANGES  IN AND  DISAGREEMENTS  WITH  ACCOUNTANTS  ON  ACCOUNTING  AND
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

         Not Applicable.

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT.

     The  information  required by this Item 10 is  incorporated by reference to
the  Company's  definitive  proxy  statement  for the  2002  Annual  Meeting  of
Stockholders  to be filed with the Securities and Exchange  Commission,  however
certain  information  is  included in Item 1.  Business  above under the caption
"Directors and Executive Officers."

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     The  information  required by this Item 11 is  incorporated by reference to
the  Company's  definitive  proxy  statement  for the  2002  Annual  Meeting  of
Stockholders to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

     The  information  required by this Item 12 is  incorporated by reference to
the  Company's  definitive  proxy  statement  for the  2002  Annual  Meeting  of
Stockholders to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

     The  information  required by this Item 13 is  incorporated by reference to
the  Company's  definitive  proxy  statement  for the  2002  Annual  Meeting  of
Stockholders to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

ITEM 14. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

     (a) Financial  statements and financial  statement schedules required to be
filed for the registrant  under Items 8 or 14 are set forth  following the index
page at page F-l.  Exhibits  filed as a part of this  report are  listed  below.
Exhibits incorporated by reference are indicated in parentheses.


3.1  Restated  Certificate of  Incorporation  dated March 31, 1998 (Exhibit 1 to
     Registrant's Form 8-A filed on April 1,1998).

3.2  Certificate of Amendment of Restated  Certificate of Incorporation of Level
     3 Communications,  Inc. (Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant's  Current Report on
     Form 8-K dated June 3, 1999).

3.3  Specimen  Stock  Certificate  of Common  Stock,  par  value  $.01 per share
     (Exhibit 3 to the Registrant's Form 8-A filed on March 31, 1998).

3.4  Amended and Restated  By-laws as of May 23, 2001 (Exhibit 3 to Registrant's
     Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the three months ended June 30, 2001).

3.5  Rights  Agreement,  dated as of May 29, 1998,  between the  Registrant  and
     Norwest Bank Minnesota,  N.A., as Rights Agent,  which includes the Form of
     Certificate  of  Designation,  Preferences,  and Rights of Series A. Junior
     Participating Preferred Stock of the Registrant,  as Exhibit A, the Form of
     Rights  Certificate  as  Exhibit B and the  Summary  of Rights to  Purchase
     Preferred  Stock,  as  Exhibit C (Exhibit  1 to the  Registrant's  Form 8-A
     Amendment No. 1 filed on June 10, 1998).

4.1  Indenture,  dated as of April 28,  1998,  between  the  Registrant  and IBJ
     Schroder Bank & Trust Company as Trustee  relating to the  Registrant's 9?%
     Senior  Notes  due  2008  (Exhibit  4.1  to the  Registrant's  Registration
     Statement on Form S-4 File No. 333-56399).

4.2  Indenture,  dated as of December 2, 1998,  between the  Registrant  and IBJ
     Schroder Bank & Trust Company as Trustee  relating to the  Registrant's  10
     1/2%  Senior  Discount  Notes  due 2008  (Exhibit  4.1 to the  Registrant's
     Registration Statement on Form S-4 File No. 333-71687).

4.3.1Form of Senior  Indenture  (incorporated  by  reference  to Exhibit  4.1 to
     Amendment 1 to the  Registrant's  Registration  Statement on Form S-3 (File
     No.  333-68887)  filed  with the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  on
     February 3, 1999).

4.3.2First Supplemental  Indenture,  dated as of September 20,1999,  between the
     Registrant  and IBJ Whitehall  Bank & Trust Company as Trustee  relating to
     the Registrant's 6% Convertible Subordinated Notes due 2009 (Exhibit 4.1 to
     the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K dated September 20, 1999).

4.3.3Second Supplemental  Indenture,  dated as of February 29, 2000, between the
     Registrant and The Bank of New York as Trustee relating to the Registrant's
     6% Convertible Subordinated Notes due 2010 (Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant's
     Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 29, 2000).

4.4  Indenture,  dated as of February 29, 2000,  between the  Registrant and The
     Bank of New York as Trustee  relating to the  Registrant's 11% Senior Notes
     due 2008 (Exhibit 4.1 to the  Registrant's  Registration  Statement on Form
     S-4 File No. 333-37362).

4.5  Indenture,  dated as of February 29, 2000,  between the  Registrant and The
     Bank of New York as Trustee  relating  to the  Registrant's  11 1/4% Senior
     Notes due 2010 (Exhibit 4.2 to the Registrant's  Registration  Statement on
     Form S-4 File No. 333-37362).

4.6  Indenture,  dated as of February 29, 2000,  between the  Registrant and The
     Bank of New  York as  Trustee  relating  to the  Registrant's  12?%  Senior
     Discount  Notes  due 2010  (Exhibit  4.3 to the  Registrant's  Registration
     Statement on Form S-4 File No. 333-37362).

4.7  Indenture,  dated as of February 29, 2000,  between the  Registrant and The
     Bank of New York as Trustee  relating  to the  Registrant's  10 3/4% Senior
     Euro Notes due 2008 (Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant's Registration Statement
     on Form S-4 File No. 333-37364).


4.8  Indenture,  dated as of February 29, 2000,  between the  Registrant and The
     Bank of New York as Trustee  relating  to the  Registrant's  11 1/4% Senior
     Euro Notes due 2010 (Exhibit 4.2 to the Registrant's Registration Statement
     on Form S-4 File No. 333-37364).

10.1 Separation  Agreement,  dated  December 8, 1997,  by and among Peter Kiewit
     Sons', Inc., Kiewit  Diversified Group Inc., PKS Holdings,  Inc. and Kiewit
     Construction  Group Inc.  (Exhibit 10.1 to the  Registrant's  Form 10-K for
     1997).

10.2 Amendment No. 1 to Separation Agreement, dated March 18, 1997, by and among
     Peter Kiewit Sons', Inc., Kiewit Diversified Group Inc., PKS Holdings, Inc.
     and Kiewit  Construction  Group Inc. (Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Form
     10-K for 1997).

10.3 Credit   Agreement   dated  as  of   September   30,1999   among   Level  3
     Communications, LLC, the Borrowers named therein, the Lenders Party thereto
     and The Chase  Manhattan  Bank, as Agent (Exhibit 10.1 to the  Registrant's
     Quarterly  Report on Form 10-Q for the three  months  ended  September  30,
     1999).

10.4 Stock  Purchase  Agreement  dated as of February 21, 2002  between  Level 3
     Holdings, Inc. and David C. McCourt.

10.5 Warrant  Agreement,  dated as of March 11, 2002 between the  Registrant and
     William L. Grewcock.

10.6 Form of Promissory Note with certain officers of the Registrant.

10.7 Form of Aircraft Time-Share Agreement

21   List of subsidiaries of the Company

23.1 Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP

23.2 Consent of PriceWaterhouseCoopers LLP

     (b)  Reports on Form 8-K filed by the Registrant  during the fourth quarter
          of 2002.

     On October 10,  2001,  the  Registrant  filed a Current  Report on Form 8-K
relating  relating  to the  amendment  by its wholly  owned  subsidiary  Level 3
Finance, LLC of "Modified Dutch Tender" offers for a portion of the Registrant's
outstanding  debt and convertible  debt  securities.  In addition,  such Current
Report on Form 8-K reported the issuance of a press release by the  Registration
relating to the actions taken by Level 3 Finance, LLC.

     On October 23,  2001,  the  Registrant  filed a Current  Report on Form 8-K
relating to the completion by its wholly owned subsidiary  Level 3 Finance,  LLC
of "Modified Dutch Tender" offers for a portion of the Registrant's  outstanding
debt and convertible debt securities.

     On October 25,  2001,  the  Registrant  filed a Current  Report on Form 8-K
relating to third quarter 2001  financial  results and proposed cost  management
initiatives.

     On December 19, 2001,  the  Registrant  filed a Current  Report on Form 8-K
relating to execution of a definitive  agreement with Reach Ltd.  concerning the
disposition of the Registrant's operations in Asia.


                                   SIGNATURES

     Pursuant  to the  requirements  of  Section  13 or 15(d) of the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on
its  behalf by the  undersigned,  thereunto  duly  authorized,  this 18th day of
March, 2002.

                                   LEVEL 3 COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

                                           /s/ James Q. Crowe
                                     By: Name: James Q. Crowe
                                     Title: Chief Executive Officer

     Pursuant to the  requirements of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, this
report  has  been  signed  below  by the  following  persons  on  behalf  of the
registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.


/s/ Walter  Scott,  Jr.     Chairman  of the Board                March 18, 2002
Walter Scott, Jr.


/s/ James Q. Crowe          Chief Executive Officer and           March 18, 2002
James Q. Crowe              Director


/s/ Kevin J. O'Hara         President, Chief Operating            March 18, 2002
Kevin J. O'Hara             Officer and Director


/s/ R. Douglas Bradbury     Vice Chairman and                     March 18, 2002
R. Douglas Bradbury         Executive Vice President


/s/ Charles C. Miller, III  Vice Chairman and                     March 18, 2002
Charles C. Miller, III      Executive Vice President


/s/ Sureel A. Choksi        Group Vice President                  March 18, 2002
Sureel A. Choksi            and Chief Financial Officer
                            (Principal Financial Officer)


/s/ Eric J. Mortensen       Vice President and Controller         March 18, 2002
Eric J. Mortensen           (Principal Accounting Officer)


/s/ Mogens C. Bay           Director                              March 18, 2002
Mogens C. Bay


/s/ William L. Grewcock     Director                              March 18, 2002
William L. Grewcock


/s./ Richard R. Jaros       Director                              March 18, 2002
Richard R. Jaros



/s/ Robert E. Julian        Director                              March 18, 2002
Robert E. Julian


/s/ David C. McCourt        Director                              March 18, 2002
David C. McCourt


/s/ Kenneth E. Stinson      Director                              March 18, 2002
Kenneth E. Stinson


/s/ Colin V.K. Williams     Director                              March 18, 2002
Colin V.K. Williams


/s/ Michael Yanney          Director                              March 18, 2002
Michael Yanney




                  LEVEL 3 COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                                                                            Page
Report of Independent Public Accountants.....................................F-2
Financial Statements as of December 31, 2001 and  2000 and for the three years
ended December 31, 2001:
     Consolidated Statements of Operations...................................F-3
     Consolidated Balance Sheets.............................................F-4
     Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows...................................F-5
     Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)....F-7
     Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)..................F-8
     Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements..............................F-9

     Schedules not indicated  above have been omitted  because of the absence of
the conditions  under which they are required or because the information  called
for is shown in the consolidated financial statements or in the notes thereto.


                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS


To the Stockholders and Board of
Directors of Level 3 Communications, Inc.:

We have audited the consolidated balance sheets of Level 3 Communications,  Inc.
(a Delaware  corporation) and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2001 and 2000, and
the related  consolidated  statements  of  operations,  cash  flows,  changes in
stockholders'  equity (deficit) and comprehensive  income (loss) for each of the
three years in the period ended December 31, 2001. These consolidated  financial
statements   are  the   responsibility   of  the   Company's   management.   Our
responsibility  is to express an opinion on these financial  statements based on
our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted
in the United States. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit
to obtain reasonable  assurance about whether the financial  statements are free
of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting  the amounts and  disclosures in the financial  statements.  An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates
made by  management,  as well as  evaluating  the  overall  financial  statement
presentation.  We believe  that our audits  provide a  reasonable  basis for our
opinion.

In our opinion,  the financial  statements  referred to above present fairly, in
all  material  respects,   the  consolidated   financial  position  of  Level  3
Communications,  Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2001 and 2000, and the
consolidated  results of their  operations  and their cash flows for each of the
three years in the period ended December 31, 2001 in conformity  with accounting
principles generally accepted in the United States.


                                        /s/   Arthur Andersen LLP


Denver, Colorado
January 29, 2002, except with respect to the matters
discussed in Note 17, as to which the date is March 13, 2002.



                  LEVEL 3 COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

               For each of the three years ended December 31, 2001


                                                                                                    

                                                                                       2001      2000       1999

                                                                                   (dollars in millions, except
                                                                                         per share data)
Revenue...........................................................................   $1,533   $ 1,184      $ 515
Costs and Expenses:
     Cost of revenue..............................................................     (742)     (792)      (360)
     Depreciation and amortization................................................   (1,122)     (579)      (228)
     Selling, general and administrative..........................................   (1,297)   (1,110)      (663)
     Restructuring and impairment charges.........................................   (3,353)        -          -
                                                                                     ------     ------     ------
          Total costs and expenses................................................   (6,514)   (2,481)    (1,251)
                                                                                     ------     ------     ------

Loss from Operations..............................................................   (4,981)   (1,297)      (736)
Other Income (Expense):
     Interest income..............................................................      161       328        212
     Interest expense, net........................................................     (646)     (282)      (174)
     Equity in earnings (losses) of unconsolidated subsidiaries, net..............       16      (284)      (127)
     Gain on equity investee stock transactions...................................        -       100        118
     Other, net...................................................................        2       (21)         5
                                                                                     ------    ------      ------
          Total other income (expense)............................................     (467)     (159)        34
                                                                                     ------    ------      ------

Loss from Continuing Operations Before Income Tax.................................   (5,448)   (1,456)      (702)

Income Tax Benefit................................................................       -         49         220
                                                                                      ------    ------     ------
Net Loss from Continuing Operations...............................................   (5,448)   (1,407)      (482)

Loss from Discontinued Operations.................................................     (605)      (48)        (5)

Extraordinary Gain on Debt Extinguishment, net....................................    1,075        -           -
                                                                                      ------     ------     -----
Net Loss.......................................................................... $ (4,978) $ (1,455)    $ (487)
                                                                                      ======   =======     ======


Earnings (Loss) Per Share of Level 3 Common Stock
   (Basic and Diluted):
     Continuing operations........................................................ $ (14.58)  $ (3.88)   $ (1.44)
                                                                                     =======   =======     ======
     Discontinued operations...................................................... $  (1.62)  $  (.13)   $  (.02)
                                                                                     =======   =======     ======
     Extraordinary gain on debt extinguishment, net............................... $   2.88   $     -    $      -
                                                                                     =======   =======     ======
     Net loss..................................................................... $ (13.32)  $ (4.01)   $ (1.46)
                                                                                     =======   =======     ======


          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.



                  LEVEL 3 COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

                           December 31, 2001 and 2000




                                                                                                      
                                                                                                  2001      2000
                                                                                              (dollars in millions,
                                                                                                 except per share
                                                                                                      data)
Assets
Current Assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents..................................................................   $ 1,297  $ 1,255
  Marketable securities......................................................................       206    2,742
  Restricted securities......................................................................       155      215
  Receivables, less allowances for doubtful accounts of $46 and $33, respectively............       239      526
  Current assets of discontinued Asian operations............................................        74      107
  Other......................................................................................        63      200
                                                                                                  ------  ------
Total Current Assets.........................................................................     2,034    5,045

Net Property, Plant and Equipment............................................................     6,890    9,014
Noncurrent Assets of Discontinued Asian Operations...........................................         -      382
Other Assets, net............................................................................       392      478
                                                                                                  ------  ------
                                                                                                $ 9,316 $ 14,919
                                                                                                ======= ========
Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)
Current Liabilities:
 Accounts payable............................................................................    $ 714  $ 1,370
 Current portion of long-term debt...........................................................        7        7
 Accrued payroll and employee benefits.......................................................      162       90
 Accrued interest............................................................................       86      124
 Deferred revenue............................................................................      124       68
 Current liabilities of discontinued Asian operations........................................       74      117
 Other.......................................................................................      225      146
                                                                                                 ------  ------
Total Current Liabilities....................................................................    1,392    1,922

Long-Term Debt, less current portion.........................................................    6,209    7,318
Deferred Revenue.............................................................................    1,335      652
Accrued Reclamation Costs....................................................................       92       94
Other Liabilities............................................................................      353      384

Commitments and Contingencies

Stockholders' Equity (Deficit):
  Preferred stock, $.01 par value, authorized 10,000,000 shares: no shares outstanding......         -        -
  Common stock:
  Common stock, $.01 par value, authorized 1,500,000,000 shares: 384,703,922
  outstanding in 2001 and 367,599,870 outstanding in 2000...................................         4        4
  Class R, $.01 par value, authorized 8,500,000 shares: no shares outstanding...............         -        -
  Additional paid-in capital................................................................     5,602    5,167
  Accumulated other comprehensive loss......................................................      (144)     (73)
  Accumulated deficit.......................................................................    (5,527)    (549)
                                                                                                 ------    -----
Total Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)........................................................       (65)   4,549
                                                                                                 ------   ------
                                                                                                 $9,316  $14,919
                                                                                               ========  ========


          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.



                  LEVEL 3 COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

                   For the three years ended December 31, 2001



                                                                                                      

                                                                                        2001      2000       1999
                                                                                         (dollars in millions)
Cash Flows from Operating Activities:
     Net Loss....................................................................    $(4,978)  $(1,455)    $ (487)
        Loss from discontinued operations........................................        605        48          5
        Extraordinary gain on debt extinguishment, net...........................     (1,075)        -          -
                                                                                      -------   -------    -------
        Loss from continuing operations..........................................     (5,448)   (1,407)      (482)
          Adjustments to reconcile loss from continuing operations to
               net cash provided by operating activities:
               Equity (earnings) losses, net.....................................        (16)      284        127
               Depreciation and amortization.....................................      1,122       579        228
               Loss on impairments...............................................      3,245         -          -
               Dark fiber and submarine cable non-cash cost of revenue...........        160       196         17
               Amortization of premiums (discounts) on marketable securities.....          5       (41)        10
               Amortization of debt issuance costs...............................         27        21          9
               (Gain) loss on sale of property, plant and equipment and other
                  assets.........................................................          3       (19)         2
               Gain on equity investee stock transactions........................          -      (100)      (118)
               Non-cash compensation expense attributable to stock awards........        314       236        126
               Federal income tax refunds........................................         73       246         81
               Deferred income taxes.............................................          8         -        (56)
               Deferred revenue..................................................        706       586        121
               Deposits..........................................................        100        24        (64)
               Accrued interest on marketable securities.........................         36        (5)        (7)
               Accrued interest on long-term debt................................         79       176         69
               Change in working capital items:
                    Receivables..................................................        275      (384)       (83)
                    Other current assets.........................................         (4)     (175)      (170)
                    Payables.....................................................       (666)      644        521
                    Other liabilities............................................        115       157         86
               Other.............................................................          7        18         16
                                                                                       -------  -------    -------
Net Cash Provided by Continuing Operations.......................................        141     1,036        433

Cash Flows from Investing Activities:
     Proceeds from sales and maturities of marketable securities.................      3,670     7,822      5,169
     Purchases of marketable securities..........................................     (1,162)   (8,284)    (4,555)
     Decrease (increase) in restricted securities................................         56      (150)       (16)
     Capital expenditures........................................................     (2,325)   (5,576)    (3,385)
     Purchase of assets held for sale, net.......................................       (110)      (52)         -
     Investments and acquisitions, net of cash acquired..........................          -       (34)        (3)
     Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment, and other investments.          67        99         12
                                                                                       -------  -------    -------
Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Investing Activities..............................      $  196  $(6,175)   $(2,778)


                                   (continued)
          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.



                  LEVEL 3 COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS-(Continued)

                   For the three years ended December 31, 2001



                                                                                                     

                                                                                         2001      2000      1999
                                                                                          (dollars in millions)
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:
     Long-term debt borrowings, net of issuance costs............................       $ 761   $ 3,195   $ 1,249
     Payments and repurchases of long-term debt, including current portion.......        (812)      (21)       (6)
     Issuances of common stock, net of issuance costs............................          -      2,406     1,498
     Stock options exercised.....................................................           2        16        22
                                                                                       -------   -------   -------
Net Cash (Used in) Provided by Financing Activities..............................         (49)    5,596     2,763

Net Cash Used in Discontinued Operations.........................................        (226)    (358)       (49)

Effect of Exchange Rates on Cash and Cash Equivalents............................         (20)     (56)         1
                                                                                       -------   -------   -------

Net Change in Cash and Cash Equivalents..........................................          42       43        370

Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Year...................................       1,255    1,212        842
                                                                                       -------   -------   -------

Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Year.........................................     $ 1,297  $ 1,255    $ 1,212
                                                                                      =======  =======    =======

Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information:
     Income taxes paid...........................................................      $    -     $  2      $   2
     Interest paid...............................................................         471      461        104

Noncash Investing and Financing Activities:
     Common stock issued in exchange for long term debt..........................      $   72     $  -       $  -
     Warrants issued in exchange for construction services.......................          32        -          -
     Equity securities received in exchange for services.........................           -       43          5
     Issuances of stock for Businessnet acquisition..............................           -        3          8


          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


                  LEVEL 3 COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)

                   For the three years ended December 31, 2001



                                                                                            

                                                                              Accumulated       Retained
                                                                 Additional      Other         Earnings
                                                         Common    Paid-in    Comprehensive   (Accumulated
                                                         Stock     Capital   Income (Loss)      Deficit)      Total

                                                                        (dollars in millions)

Balances at December 31, 1998........................    $  3     $  765        $   4      $ 1,393   $ 2,165

Common Stock:
     Issuances, net of offering costs................       -      1,506            -          -      1,506
     Stock options exercised.........................       -         22            -          -         22
     Stock plan grants...............................       -        129            -          -        129
     Shareworks plan.................................       -          1            -          -          1
     Income tax benefit from exercise of
       options.......................................       -         78            -          -         78
Net Loss.............................................       -          -            -         (487)    (487)
Other Comprehensive Loss.............................       -          -           (9)         -         (9)
                                                        -------   -------       -------      ------   ------
Balances at December 31, 1999........................       3      2,501           (5)         906    3,405

Common Stock:
     Issuances, net of offering costs................       1      2,409            -          -      2,410
     Stock options exercised.........................       -         15            -          -         15
     Stock plan grants...............................       -        237            -          -        237
     Shareworks plan.................................       -          5            -          -          5
Net Loss.............................................       -          -            -       (1,455)  (1,455)
Other Comprehensive Loss.............................       -          -          (68)         -        (68)
                                                        -------   -------       -------     -------   ------
Balances at December 31, 2000........................       4      5,167          (73)        (549)   4,549

Common Stock:
     Issued to extinguish long-term debt.............       -         72            -          -         72
     Warrants issued for capital assets..............       -         32            -          -         32
     Stock options exercised.........................       -          2            -          -          2
     Stock plan grants...............................       -        312            -          -        312
     Shareworks plan.................................       -         17            -          -         17
Net Loss.............................................       -          -            -       (4,978)  (4,978)
Other Comprehensive Loss.............................       -          -          (71)         -        (71)
                                                        -------   -------       -------     -------   ------
Balances at December 31, 2001........................    $  4   $  5,602     $   (144)     $(5,527)  $  (65)
                                                        =======   =======      ========     =======   ======

          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.



                  LEVEL 3 COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

             CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

                   For the three years ended December 31, 2001


                                                                                              
                                                                                    2001       2000       1999
                                                                                      (dollars in millions)
Net Loss.....................................................................    $(4,978)   $(1,455)    $ (487)
Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) Before Tax:
     Foreign currency translation adjustments................................        (84)       (73)       (10)
     Unrealized holding gains (losses) arising during period.................         (4)         5         (3)
     Reclassification adjustment for gains included in net earnings (loss)...         17          -         (1)
                                                                                   ------     ------     ------
Other Comprehensive Loss, Before Tax.........................................        (71)       (68)       (14)
Income Tax Benefit Related to Items of Other Comprehensive Loss..............          -          -          5
                                                                                   ------     ------     ------
Other Comprehensive Loss Net of Taxes........................................        (71)       (68)        (9)
                                                                                   ------     ------     ------
Comprehensive Loss...........................................................    $(5,049)   $(1,523)    $ (496)
                                                                                  =======    =======     ======

          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.



                  LEVEL 3 COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(1)    Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation

The  consolidated   financial   statements  include  the  accounts  of  Level  3
Communications,  Inc. and subsidiaries (the ''Company'' or ''Level 3'') in which
it  has  control,   which  are  engaged  in  enterprises  primarily  related  to
communications,  information  services,  and  coal  mining.  Fifty-percent-owned
mining joint ventures are consolidated on a pro rata basis. Investments in other
companies in which the Company  exercises  significant  influence over operating
and financial  policies or has significant equity ownership are accounted for by
the equity method. All significant  intercompany  accounts and transactions have
been eliminated.

In 2001,  the Company  agreed to sell its Asian  telecommunications  business to
Reach  Ltd.  (''Reach'').   Therefore,  the  assets,  liabilities,   results  of
operations and cash flows for this business have been classified as discontinued
operations in the consolidated financial statements (See note 3).

Communications and Information Services Revenue and Cost of Revenue

Revenue  for  communications  services,  including  private  line,  wavelengths,
colocation, Internet access, managed modem and dark fiber revenue from contracts
entered  into after June 30,  1999,  is  recognized  monthly as the services are
provided.   Reciprocal   compensation   revenue  is  recognized   only  when  an
interconnection  agreement  is in place with another  carrier,  and the relevant
regulatory  authorities  have  approved  the  terms  of the  agreement.  Revenue
attributable  to leases of dark fiber  pursuant  to  indefeasible  rights-of-use
agreements  (''IRUs'') that qualify for sales-type  lease  accounting,  and were
entered into prior to June 30, 1999,  are recognized at the time of delivery and
acceptance of the fiber by the customer.

Effective  July 1, 1999, the Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  (''FASB'')
issued  Interpretation  No. 43, ''Real Estate Sales, an  interpretation  of FASB
Statement  No. 66''  (''FIN  43'').  Under FIN 43,  certain  sale and  long-term
right-of-use  agreements of dark fiber and capacity  entered into after June 30,
1999,  are  required  to be  accounted  for in the same  manner as sales of real
estate  with  property  improvements  or  integral  equipment.   Dark  fiber  is
considered integral equipment and accordingly,  a lease must include a provision
allowing title to transfer to the lessee in order for that lease to be accounted
for as a sales-type lease. Failure to satisfy the requirements of FIN 43 results
in revenue being recognized ratably over the term of the agreement (currently up
to 20 years).

The  adoption  of FIN 43 did  impact  revenue  recognition,  but did not have an
effect on the  Company's  cash  flows.  Dark fiber IRUs  generally  require  the
customer to make a down  payment due upon  execution of the  agreement  with the
balance due upon delivery and  acceptance  of the fiber.  These  long-term  dark
fiber  contracts  and  the  issuance  of FIN 43  have,  however,  resulted  in a
substantial  amount of deferred revenue being recorded on the Company's  balance
sheet.

On July 19, 2001, the Emerging  Issues Task Force ("EITF") of the FASB reached a
consensus on Issue No. 00-11  "Meeting the Ownership  Transfer  Requirements  of
FASB  Statement No. 13 for Leases of Real Estate",  ("EITF  00-11").  EITF 00-11
specifically  addresses  the  transfer  of  ownership  requirements  for  leases
involving integral equipment or property  improvements for which no formal title
registration  system  exists and was effective  for all  transactions  occurring
after  July 19,  2001.  The EITF  stated  in  order  to meet  the  criteria  for
sales-type  lease  accounting,  the lease  agreement must obligate the lessor to
deliver to the lessee  documents that convey  ownership to the lessee by the end
of the lease term.

Telecommunications   companies  have  historically   applied   sales-type  lease
accounting to certain contracts that, among other required criteria, contained a
provision that permitted the lessee the option to obtain ownership to the rights
of way and/or the  integral  equipment  at the end of the lease term in exchange
for a nominal  fee.  Under EITF  00-11,  the  lessee  must  obtain  title or its
equivalent to the asset if sales-type  lease  accounting is to be used.  Level 3
treated  certain  transoceanic  capacity  agreements  that  met  the  accounting
requirements as sales-type  leases. The


Company  does not  believe  the  issuance  of EITF 00-11 will have a  signiicant
effect on its future operating results or financial condition.

It is the  Company's  policy  to  recognize  termination  revenue  when  certain
conditions have been met. These conditions include: 1) Customer has accepted all
or partial delivery of asset or service,  2) Level 3 has received  consideration
for the service  provided,  and 3) Level 3 is not legally  obligated  to provide
additional  product or services to the customer or their successor.  Termination
revenue is  typically  recognized  in  situations  where a customer  and Level 3
mutually  agree to  terminate  service or the  customer  and its assets  fail to
emerge from bankruptcy protection.  If the conditions above are met, the Company
will  recognize  termination  revenue  equal to the fair value of  consideration
received,  less  any  amounts  previously  recognized.  Termination  revenue  is
reported in the same manner as the original product or service provided.

Level 3 entered in to joint build  arrangements  during the  construction of its
North  American and European  networks in which it was the  sponsoring  partner.
These  arrangements  are  generally  characterized  as fixed fee or cost sharing
arrangements.  For fixed fee joint  build  arrangements  in which Level 3 is the
sponsor,  the Company  assumes the cost risk of completing  the work for a fixed
price agreed upon at the inception of the arrangement between the parties. Level
3 recognizes  revenue  equal to the value of the contract when  construction  is
complete and payment is received from the joint build partner.  For cost sharing
arrangements  each of the joint build parties shares the cost risk of completing
the work. These contracts  typically include  provisions in which the sponsoring
partner receives a management fee for construction  services  provided.  Level 3
recognizes  this  management  fee as revenue in the period when the  contract is
completed and payment is received from the joint build partner.

Level 3 was a party to seven non-monetary  exchange transactions in 2001 whereby
it sold IRUs, other capacity,  or other services to a company from which Level 3
received  communications  assets or  services.  In each  case,  the  transaction
provided  Level  3  needed   network   capacity  or  redundancy  on  unprotected
transmission routes. The value of these non-monetary transactions was determined
using similar transactions for which cash consideration was received.

The Company is obligated under dark fiber IRUs and other capacity  agreements to
maintain its network in efficient  working order and in accordance with industry
standards.  Customers  are  obligated  for the term of the  agreement to pay for
their  allocable  share of the costs for operating and  maintaining the network.
The Company recognizes this revenue monthly as services are provided.

Cost of  revenue  for the  communications  business  includes  leased  capacity,
right-of-way  costs, access charges and other third party circuit costs directly
attributable  to the network as well as actual costs of assets sold  pursuant to
sales-type leases. The cost of revenue associated with sales-type leases of dark
fiber agreements entered into prior to June 30, 1999, was determined based on an
allocation  of the  total  estimated  costs of the  network  to the  dark  fiber
provided  to the  customers.  The  allocation  takes into  account  the  service
capacity of the specific dark fiber provided to customers  relative to the total
expected  capacity of the network.  Changes to total estimated costs and network
capacity are included  prospectively  in the  allocation  in the period in which
they become  known.  Cost of revenue  associated  with the sale of  transoceanic
capacity that meet the accounting  requirements  as sales-type  leases,  is also
determined  based on taking  into  account  service  capacity  and actual  costs
incurred by Level 3 and its contractors to construct such assets.

Accounting practice and guidance with respect to the treatment of submarine dark
fiber sales and  terrestrial IRU agreements  continue to evolve.  Any changes in
the accounting  treatment could affect the way the Company  accounts for revenue
and expenses associated with these transactions in the future.

Information  services revenue is primarily derived from the computer outsourcing
business  and the systems  integration  business.  Level 3 provides  outsourcing
services,  typically  through  contracts  ranging from 3-5 years,  to firms that
desire to focus their resources on their core businesses. Under these contracts,
Level 3  recognizes  revenue in the month the service is  provided.  The systems
integration   business   helps   customers   define,   develop   and   implement
cost-effective information systems. Revenue from these services is recognized on
a time and materials  basis or percentage of completion  basis  depending on the
extent of the services provided.  Cost of revenue includes costs of consultants'
salaries and other direct costs for the information services businesses.


     Liquidity and Capital Resources

The  communications  and information  services  industry is highly  competitive.
Additionally,  the communications industry is currently operating in a difficult
economic  environment.  Many of the Company's existing and potential competitors
in the communications  industry have financial,  personnel,  marketing and other
resources  significantly  greater  than those of the  Company,  as well as other
competitive advantages including larger customer bases. Increased  consolidation
and strategic  alliances in the industry  resulting from the  Telecommunications
Act of 1996, the opening of the U.S. market to foreign  carriers,  technological
advances and further deregulation could give rise to significant new competitors
to the  Company.  Furthermore,  as  discussed in Note 9, the Company has certain
covenants  under  its  debt  and  senior  secured  credit  facility  agreements,
including one related to minimum telecom revenues, as defined, that could affect
the future  liquidity of the Company if such  covenants are not met.  Management
believes it will be able to take appropriate  actions to ensure that the Company
will continue as a going concern for the foreseeable future, beyond one year.

     Concentration of Credit Risk

The Company provides  telecommunications  services to a wide range of customers,
ranging from well  capitalized  national  carriers to local Internet  start-ups.
Beginning  in 2001,  Level 3 changed  its  customer  focus to the top 300 global
users of bandwidth  capacity.  These top 300 global users tend to be financially
more viable than certain Internet  start-ups.  The Company has in place policies
and  procedures  to review the  financial  condition of  potential  and existing
customers and concludes that collectibility is probable prior to commencement of
services.  If the financial condition of an existing customer  deteriorates to a
point where  payment for services is in doubt,  the Company  will not  recognize
revenue  attributable  to that customer  until cash is received.  Based on these
policies and procedures, the Company believes its exposure to credit risk within
the communications  business and the related effect on the financial  statements
is limited.  The  Company is not immune from the affects of the  downturn in the
economy and specifically the telecommunications  industry;  however,  management
believes  the  concentration  of credit  risk with  respect  to  receivables  is
mitigated due to the dispersion of the Company's  customer base among geographic
areas and remedies provided by terms of contracts and statutes.

Coal Sales Contracts

Historically,  Level 3's coal is sold primarily under  long-term  contracts with
electric  utilities,  which  burn  coal in order to  generate  steam to  produce
electricity.  A  substantial  portion of Level 3's coal  revenue was earned from
long-term  contracts  during 2001,  2000,  and 1999.  The remainder of Level 3's
sales are made on the spot  market  where  prices are  substantially  lower than
those in the  long-term  contracts.  Beginning in 2001, a higher  proportion  of
Level 3's sales  occurred on the spot  market as  long-term  contracts  began to
expire.  Costs of  revenue  related to coal  sales  include  costs of mining and
processing, estimated reclamation costs, royalties and production taxes.

The coal  industry is highly  competitive.  Level 3 competes not only with other
domestic  and foreign coal  suppliers,  some of whom are larger and have greater
capital resources than Level 3, but also with alternative  methods of generating
electricity  and alternative  energy sources.  Many of Level 3's competitors are
served by two railroads  and, due to the  competition,  often benefit from lower
transportation  costs  than  Level 3  which  is  served  by a  single  railroad.
Additionally,  many competitors have more favorable  geological  conditions than
Level 3, often resulting in lower comparative costs of production.

Level 3 is also  required to comply with various  federal,  state and local laws
concerning  protection of the environment.  Level 3 believes its compliance with
environmental   protection  and  land  restoration  laws  will  not  affect  its
competitive position since its competitors are similarly affected by these laws.

Level 3's coal sales contracts are  concentrated  with several  electric utility
and  industrial  companies.  In the event that these  customers  do not  fulfill
contractual responsibilities, Level 3 could pursue the available legal remedies.


Depreciation and Amortization

Property,   plant  and  equipment  are  recorded  at  cost.   Depreciation   and
amortization  for the  Company's  property,  plant and equipment are computed on
accelerated and straight-line methods based on the following useful lives:

  Facility and Leasehold Improvements................................20-40 years
  Network Infrastructure (including fiber)............................7-25 years
  Operating Equipment..................................................3-7 years
  Network Construction Equipment.......................................5-7 years
  Furniture, Fixtures and Office Equipment.............................3-7 years


Depletion of mineral properties is provided using the units-of-extraction method
based on the remaining tons of coal committed under sales contracts.

Investee Stock Activity

The Company  recognizes gains and losses from the sale,  issuance and repurchase
of stock by its equity method  investees in the statements of operations  unless
the Company has unrecorded equity losses attributable to the investee due to the
lack of future financial commitments to the investee.

Earnings Per Share

Basic earnings per share have been computed using the weighted average number of
shares during each period.  Diluted  earnings per share is computed by including
the dilutive effect of common stock that would be issued assuming  conversion or
exercise of outstanding  convertible  subordinated  notes, stock options,  stock
based compensation awards and other dilutive securities.

Intangible Assets

Intangible  assets  primarily  include  amounts  allocated upon  acquisitions of
businesses,  franchises  and subscriber  lists.  These assets are amortized on a
straight-line basis over the expected period of benefit.

For intangibles  originating from  communications or other information  services
related  acquisitions,  the Company is amortizing  these assets over a five year
period.  Intangibles  attributable  to other  acquisitions  and  investments are
amortized over periods which do not exceed 40 years.

Long-Lived Assets

The Company reviews the carrying amount of long-lived assets or groups of assets
for impairment  whenever  events or changes in  circumstances  indicate that the
carrying  amount may not be  recoverable.  The  determination  of any impairment
includes a comparison  of estimated  undiscounted  future  operating  cash flows
anticipated  to be generated  during the remaining  life of the asset to the net
carrying value of the asset.

Reserves for Reclamation

The Company  follows the policy of providing an accrual for reclamation of mined
properties,  based on the estimated total cost of restoration of such properties
to meet  compliance  with laws  governing  strip  mining,  by  applying  per-ton
reclamation  rates to coal mined.  These  reclamation rates are determined using
the remaining estimated reclamation costs and tons of coal committed under sales
contracts.  The Company  reviews its  reclamation  cost  estimates  annually and
revises the reclamation rates on a prospective basis, as necessary.

Income Taxes

Deferred  income taxes are provided for the  temporary  differences  between the
financial  reporting and tax basis of the Company's assets and liabilities using
enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the  differences  are expected
to reverse. In 2000, Level 3 utilized a portion of its accumulated net operating
tax losses to offset prior


years' taxable  income.  The remaining net operating  losses not utilized can be
carried  forward  for 20 years to offset  future  taxable  income.  A  valuation
allowance  has been  recorded  against  deferred  tax assets,  as the Company is
unable to conclude  under relevant  accounting  standards that it is more likely
than not that deferred tax assets will be realizable. See Note 17.

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Comprehensive  income (loss)  includes net earnings  (loss) and other  non-owner
related  changes  in  equity  not  included  in net  earnings  (loss),  such  as
unrealized gains and losses on marketable securities classified as available for
sale  and  foreign   currency   translation   adjustments   related  to  foreign
subsidiaries.

Foreign Currencies

Generally,   local  currencies  of  foreign   subsidiaries  are  the  functional
currencies  for  financial  reporting  purposes.   Assets  and  liabilities  are
translated into U.S. dollars at year-end exchange rates.  Revenue,  expenses and
cash flows are translated  using average  exchange rates  prevailing  during the
year.  Gains or losses  resulting  from currency  translation  are recorded as a
component of  accumulated  other  comprehensive  income (loss) in  stockholders'
equity (deficit) and in the statements of comprehensive income (loss).

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial  statements in conformity  with generally  accepted
accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect  the  reported  amounts  of assets  and  liabilities  and  disclosure  of
contingent  assets and  liabilities at the date of the financial  statements and
the  reported  amounts of revenues  and expenses  during the  reporting  period.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Derivatives

In June 1998,  the FASB  issued  Statement  of  Financial  Accounting  Standards
("SFAS")  No.  133,   ''Accounting   for  Derivative   Instruments  and  Hedging
Activities''. SFAS No. 133 as amended by SFAS Nos. 137 and 138, is effective for
fiscal  years  beginning  January  1,  2001.  SFAS  No.  133  requires  that all
derivative  instruments be recorded on the balance sheet at fair value.  Changes
in the fair value of derivatives are recorded each period in current earnings or
other comprehensive  income,  depending on whether a derivative is designated as
part of a hedge  transaction,  the  type of  hedge,  and  the  extent  of  hedge
ineffectiveness.   The  Company   currently  makes  minimal  use  of  derivative
instruments  as defined by SFAS No. 133, so the adoption of SFAS No. 133 in 2001
did not have a material  effect on the  Company's  results of  operations or its
financial position.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In June 2001, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141, "Business  Combinations"  ("SFAS No.
141"). SFAS No. 141 requires all business combinations  initiated after June 30,
2001, to be accounted for using the purchase method of accounting.  Prior to the
issuance of SFAS No. 141, companies accounted for mergers and acquisitions using
one of two methods;  pooling of interests  or the  purchase  accounting  method.
Level 3 has accounted for  acquisitions  using the purchase  method and does not
believe  the  issuance  of SFAS  No.  141 will  have a  material  effect  on the
Company's future results of operations or financial position.

In June 2001, the FASB also issued SFAS No. 142,  "Goodwill and Other Intangible
Assets" ("SFAS No. 142").  SFAS No. 142 is effective for fiscal years  beginning
January 1, 2002.  SFAS No. 142  requires  companies  to  segregate  identifiable
intangible  assets  acquired  in  a  business  combination  from  goodwill.  The
remaining  goodwill  is no longer  subject to  amortization  over its  estimated
useful life.  However,  the carrying  amount of the goodwill must be assessed at
least  annually  for  impairment  using  a  fair  value  based  test.   Goodwill
attributable to equity method  investments  will also no longer be amortized but
is still  subject to  impairment  analysis  using  existing  guidance for equity
method  investments.  For the  goodwill  and  intangible  assets  in place as of
December  31,  2001,  the Company  does not believe the adoption of SFAS No. 142
will have a  material  impact on the  Company's  results  of  operations  or its
financial  position.  The Company  believes  the impact of SFAS No. 142 will not
have a material effect on accounting for future acquisitions as the new standard
generally  results in more amortized  intangible  assets and less  non-amortized
goodwill.


In June  2001,  the FASB  also  approved  SFAS No.  143,  "Accounting  for Asset
Retirement  Obligations  ("SFAS No. 143").  SFAS No. 143 establishes  accounting
standards for recognition and measurement of a liability for an asset retirement
obligation  and the  associated  asset  retirement  cost.  The  fair  value of a
liability for an asset  retirement  obligation is to be recognized in the period
in which it is incurred if a reasonable  estimate of fair value can be made. The
associated retirement costs are capitalized and included as part of the carrying
value of the  long-lived  asset and amortized over the useful life of the asset.
SFAS No. 143 will be effective for the Company beginning on January 1, 2003. The
Company  expects that its coal mining business will be affected by this standard
and is currently  evaluating the potential  effect of SFAS No. 143 on its future
results of operations and financial position.

In August 2001, the FASB issued SFAS No. 144  "Accounting  for the Impairment or
Disposal of Long-Lived  Assets" ("SFAS No. 144"),  which the Company  elected to
early adopt during the fourth  quarter of 2002  retroactive  to January 1, 2001.
SFAS No. 144  supersedes  SFAS No.  121,  but retains  its  requirements  to (a)
recognize an impairment loss only if the carrying  amount of a long-lived  asset
is not  recoverable  from  its  undiscounted  cash  flows  and  (b)  measure  an
impairment loss as the difference  between the carrying amount and the estimated
fair value of the  asset.  It removes  goodwill  from its scope and,  therefore,
eliminates  the  requirement  to allocate  goodwill to  long-lived  assets to be
tested  for  impairment.  It also  describes  a  probability-weighted  cash flow
estimation  approach to deal with  situations  in which  alternative  courses of
action  to  recover  the  carrying  amount  of  a  long-lived  asset  are  under
consideration  or a range is  estimated  for  possible  future  cash  flows.  It
requires  that a  long-lived  asset to be  abandoned,  exchanged  for a  similar
productive  asset, or distributed to owners in a spin-off be considered held and
used until it is disposed of. In these situations, SFAS No. 144 requires that an
impairment loss be recognized at the date a long-lived  asset is exchanged for a
similar  productive asset or distributed to owners in a spin-off if the carrying
amount of the asset exceeds its fair value. The Company continued to monitor and
review long-lived assets for possible impairment in accordance with SFAS No. 121
prior to the  adoption  of SFAS No.  144.  Since  SFAS No. 144  retains  similar
requirements as SFAS No. 121 for recognizing and measuring any impairment  loss,
the adoption of SFAS No. 144 did not have a significant  effect on the Company's
procedures  for  monitoring  and  reviewing   long-lived   assets  for  possible
impairment. SFAS No. 144 also retains the basic provisions of APB Opinion No. 30
"Reporting  the Results of  Operations"  for the  presentation  of  discontinued
operations in the income statement but broadens the definition of a discontinued
operation  such that a  component  of an  entity  (rather  than a  segment  of a
business)  would be considered to be a discontinued  operation if the operations
and cash flows of the component will be eliminated  from the ongoing  operations
of the  company  and the  company  will  not  have  any  significant  continuing
involvement  in the  operations  of the  component.  A  component  of an  entity
comprises  operations  and  cash  flows  that  can  be  clearly   distinguished,
operationally and for financial reporting purposes, from the rest of the entity.
The adoption of SFAS No. 144 in 2001 had a significant  impact on the accounting
presentation of the sale of the Asian  communications  business as this business
would not have  qualified for treatment as a  discontinued  operation  under APB
Opinion No. 30, since it did not meet the definition of a business segment.

Reclassifications

Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year
presentation.

(2)    Restructuring and Impairment Charges

In 2001,  the Company  announced  that due to the  duration  and severity of the
slowdown in the economy and the  telecommunications  industry,  that it would be
necessary  to  reduce  operating  expenses  as well as reduce  and  reprioritize
capital  expenditures  in an  effort to be in a  position  to  benefit  when the
economy  recovers.  As a result of these  actions,  the  Company has reduced its
global work force, primarily in the communications business in the United States
and Europe by approximately  2,200 employees in 2001.  Restructuring  charges of
approximately  $10  million,  $40 million and $58 million  were  recorded in the
first,  second and fourth quarters of 2001,  respectively,  of which $66 million
related to staff  reduction  and  related  costs and $42  million to real estate
lease termination costs. In total, the Company has paid $49 million in severance
and related fringe benefit costs and $1 million in lease termination costs as of
December 31, 2001 for these actions.  The remaining  estimated cash expenditures
of $17  million  relating  to  the  workforce  reductions  primarily  relate  to
approximately  200 European  employees  terminated in the first quarter of 2002.
Lease  termination  obligations of $41 million are expected to be  substantially
paid by June 30, 2002.


The  economic  downturn and related  capital  reprioritization  discussed  above
resulted  in  certain  telecommunications  assets  being  identified  as excess,
obsolete  or carried  at values  that may not be  recoverable  due to an adverse
change in the extent in which the  telecommunication  assets were being utilized
caused  by  the  unfavorable  business  climate  within  the  telecommunications
industry.  As a result,  in the second  quarter of 2001 the  Company  recorded a
non-cash  impairment  charge  of $61  million,  representing  the  excess of the
carrying value over the estimated fair value of these assets. The estimated fair
value of these  assets was based on recent  cash sales of  similar  assets.  The
impaired assets were written-off, as the Company does not expect to utilize them
to generate future cash flows.

In the fourth quarter of 2001, in light of the continued  economic  uncertainty,
continued  customer  disconnections  at higher  rates than  expected,  increased
difficulty   in  obtaining  new  revenue  and  the  overall  slow  down  in  the
communications  industry,  the Company again  reviewed the carrying value of its
long-lived  assets for possible  impairment in accordance with SFAS No. 144. The
Company  determined based upon its projections,  giving effect to the continuing
economic   slowdown  and  continued   over-capacity  in  certain  areas  of  the
telecommunications  industry,  the  estimated  future  undiscounted  cash  flows
attributable  to certain  assets would not exceed the current  carrying value of
the  assets.  The  Company,  therefore,  recorded an  impairment  charge of $3.2
billion to reflect the difference between the estimated fair value of the assets
on a  discounted  cash flow basis and their  current  carrying  value as further
described below.

The impairments  primarily relate to colocation assets, excess conduits in North
America  and  European   intercity  and  metropolitan   networks,   and  certain
transoceanic  assets.  Geographically,  approximately  74%  of the  charges  are
attributable  to  North  America,   17%  are   attributable  to  Europe  and  9%
attributable to transatlantic assets.

The  financial  problems  of  many  of the  "dot-coms",  emerging  carriers  and
competitors,  a weakening  economy,  and changing customer focus, have led to an
over-capacity of colocation space in several U.S. and European markets.  Level 3
is attempting to sell or sublease its excess colocation space; however,  current
market rates for much of the space are below its carrying  values.  As a result,
the Company recorded an impairment charge of approximately  $1.6 billion related
to its colocation assets, primarily owned facilities, leasehold improvements and
related equipment.

Level 3 constructed  its networks in North America and Europe in such a way that
they could be  continuously  upgraded  to the most  current  technology  without
affecting its existing  customers.  Level 3 also installed  additional  conduits
with the intention of selling them to other  carriers.  To date, the Company has
only sold one  conduit in its North  American  network  and,  due to the current
economic  environment and decreasing  capital  expenditure  budgets of potential
buyers,  does not expect  additional sales in the foreseeable  future.  For this
reason the  Company has  recorded an  impairment  charge of  approximately  $1.2
billion for the five  conduits that were  previously  determined to be available
for sale to third parties, based on estimated cash flows from the disposition of
the conduits.

The completion of several  transoceanic cable systems in the second half of 2001
and the expected  completion of additional  systems in 2002, have resulted in an
over abundance of transoceanic  capacity.  This excess  capacity,  combined with
limited demand,  have adversely affected the transoceanic  capacity markets.  At
current  pricing  levels,  the  Company  does not  believe it will  recover  its
investment  from  future cash flows.  As a result,  the Company has  recorded an
impairment charge of approximately $320 million for its transatlantic  submarine
assets.

The Company also recorded an impairment  charge of approximately $65 million for
spare  equipment  write-downs  and abandoned  lateral fiber builds in the fourth
quarter of 2001.

(3)    Discontinued Asian Operations

On December  19,  2001,  Level 3 announced  that it had agreed to sell its Asian
telecommunications  business  to  Reach  Ltd.  for no  cash  consideration.  The
agreement  covers  subsidiaries  that  included  the Asian  network  operations,
assets,  liabilities and future financial  obligations.  This includes Level 3's
share of the Northern Asian cable system, capacity on the Japan-US cable system,
capital and operational expenses related to these two systems,  gateways in Hong
Kong and Tokyo, and existing customers on Level 3's Asian network.

The  transaction  closed on January 18, 2002.  As of December 31, 2001,  the net
carrying  value of Level 3's Asian assets was  approximately  $465  million.  In
accordance  with SFAS No.  144,  Level 3 recorded  an  impairment  loss on these
assets held for sale within  discontinued  operations,  equal to the  difference
between the  carrying  value of the


assets and their fair value. Based upon the terms of the agreement,  the Company
also accrued $51 million in certain capital  obligations it retained for the two
submarine systems to be sold to Reach, and estimated transaction costs.

The following is summarized  financial  information for the  discontinued  Asian
operations for the three years ending December 31, 2001:


                                                                                                  

        Operations                                                                    2001      2000      1999
                                                                                        (dollars in millions)
Revenue...........................................................................    $ 13      $  1      $  -
Costs and Expenses:
     Cost of revenue..............................................................     (17)       (2)        -
     Depreciation and amortization................................................     (27)       (5)        -
     Selling, general and administrative..........................................     (58)      (42)       (5)
                                                                                     ------    ------    ------
          Total costs and expenses................................................    (102)      (49)       (5)
                                                                                     ------    ------    ------

Loss from Operations..............................................................     (89)      (48)       (5)

Loss on Impairment of Asian Assets................................................    (516)        -         -
                                                                                     ------    ------    ------

Loss from Discontinued Operations.................................................   $(605)    $ (48)     $ (5)
                                                                                     ======    ======    ======



SFAS No. 144 requires that long-lived assets that have met the relevant criteria
should be classified  as "held for sale" and shall be  identified  separately in
the  asset  and  liability  sections  of  the  balance  sheet.  The  assets  and
liabilities  of the Asian  operations met these criteria as of December 31, 2001
and are classified as current due to their sale to Reach in January of 2002.

The following is summarized  financial  information for the  discontinued  Asian
operations as of December 31, 2001 and 2000:



                                                                                                       
        Financial Position                                                                        2001      2000
                                                                                               (dollars in millions)
Current Assets:
     Cash and cash equivalents..............................................................      $ 34      $ 13
     Restricted securities..................................................................        17         -
     Receivables............................................................................        21        91
     Other..................................................................................     ------    ------
Total Current Assets........................................................................        74       107

Net Property, Plant and Equipment...........................................................         -       369
Other Assets, net...........................................................................         -        13
                                                                                                 ------    ------
                                                                                                  $ 74      $489
                                                                                                 ======    ======
Current Liabilities:
     Accounts payable.......................................................................      $ 58     $ 116
     Current portion of long-term debt......................................................         8         -
     Deferred revenue.......................................................................         6         -
     Other..................................................................................         2         1
Total Current Liabilities...................................................................        74       117
                                                                                                 ------    ------

Net Assets..................................................................................      $  -      $372
                                                                                                 ======    ======



(4)    Loss Per Share

The  Company  had a loss from  continuing  operations  for the three years ended
December  31,  2001.  Therefore,  the dilutive  effect of the  approximately  15
million,  19 million and 13 million shares at December 31, 2001,  2000 and 1999,
respectively,  attributable  to  the  convertible  subordinated  notes  and  the
approximately  53  million,  21 million  and 23  million  options  and  warrants
outstanding  at December 31,  2001,  2000 and 1999  respectively,  have not been
included in the  computation  of diluted loss per share because their  inclusion
would have been anti-dilutive to the computation.

The following details the earnings (loss) per share calculations for the Level 3
Common Stock.



                                                                                                
                                                                                           Year Ended
                                                                                  2001        2000      1999
Loss from Continuing Operations (in millions)...............................  $ (5,448)   $ (1,407)   $ (482)
Discontinued Operations.....................................................      (605)        (48)       (5)
Extraordinary Gain on Debt Extinguishment, net..............................     1,075           -         -
                                                                                 ------    -------    -------
Net Loss....................................................................  $ (4,978)   $ (1,455)   $ (487)
                                                                               ========    ========   =======

Total Number of Weighted Average Shares Outstanding used to Compute
   Basic and Dilutive Earnings Per Share (in thousands).....................   373,792     362,539   334,348
Earnings (Loss) per Share (Basic and Diluted):
     Continuing operations..................................................  $ (14.58)    $ (3.88)  $ (1.44)
                                                                              ========     =======   =======
     Discontinued operations................................................  $  (1.62)    $  (.13)  $  (.02)
                                                                              ========     =======   =======
     Extraordinary gain on debt extinguishment, net.........................  $   2.88     $     -   $     -
                                                                              ========     =======   =======
     Net loss...............................................................  $ (13.32)    $ (4.01)  $ (1.46)
                                                                              ========     =======   =======


(5) Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The following methods and assumptions were used to determine  classification and
fair values of financial instruments:

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash  equivalents   generally   consist  of  funds  invested  in  highly  liquid
instruments  purchased  with an original  maturity of three months or less.  The
securities are stated at cost, which approximates fair value.

Marketable and Restricted Securities

Level  3  has  classified   all   marketable   and   restricted   securities  as
available-for-sale.  Restricted  securities  primarily  include  investments  in
mutual funds that are restricted to fund certain reclamation  liabilities of its
coal mining ventures, cash deposits related to construction  renovations for the
New York Gateway facility, and cash to collateralize letters of credit. The cost
of the securities used in computing  unrealized and realized gains and losses is
determined by specific identification. Fair values are estimated based on quoted
market  prices  for  the  securities  on hand or for  similar  investments.  Net
unrealized   holding  gains  and  losses  are  included  in  accumulated   other
comprehensive income (loss) within stockholders' equity.


At December 31, 2001 and 2000,  the cost,  unrealized  holding gains and losses,
and  estimated  fair values of  marketable  and  restricted  securities  were as
follows:


                                                                                                     

                                                                                      Unrealized   Unrealized
                                                                                        Holding      Holding     Fair
                                                                             Cost        Gains       Losses     Value
                                                                                      (dollars in millions)
2001
Marketable Securities:
     U.S. Treasury securities.............................................  $ 206       $  -        $  -       $ 206
                                                                          =======     =======     =======     =======
Restricted Securities:
     Cash and cash equivalents............................................  $ 128       $  -        $  -       $ 128
     Wilmington Trust:
            Intermediate term bond fund...................................     15          -           -          15
            Equity fund...................................................     11          1           -          12
                                                                           ------     -------     -------     -------
                                                                            $ 154       $  1        $  -       $ 155
                                                                          =======     =======     =======     =======

                                                                                      Unrealized  Unrealized
                                                                                         Holding    Holding    Fair
                                                                             Cost         Gains     Losses     Value
                                                                                       (dollars in millions)
2000
Marketable Securities:
     Commercial Paper.....................................................  $ 204       $  -        $ -       $ 204
     U.S. Treasury securities.............................................  2,534          4          -       2,538
                                                                           ------     -------    -------    -------
                                                                           $2,738       $  4        $ -     $ 2,742
                                                                          =======     =======    =======    =======
Restricted Securities:
     Cash and cash equivalents............................................  $ 173       $  -        $ -       $ 173
     Wilmington Trust:
          Intermediate term bond fund.....................................     14          -          -          14
          Equity fund.....................................................     11          4          -          15
                                                                           ------     -------    -------    -------
                                                                            $ 198       $  4        $ -       $ 202
                                                                          =======     =======    =======    =======


For debt securities, costs do not vary significantly from principal amounts. The
Company  recognized  $17  million  of gains in 2001 from the sale of  marketable
securities;  all of  which  were  attributable  to  foreign  currency  gains  on
securities  denominated  in Euros.  The Company did not  recognize  any realized
gains and losses on sales of marketable and equity securities in 2000.  Realized
gains and losses on sales of marketable and equity  securities  were $17 million
and $16 million in 1999.

At December 31, 2001, the  contractual  maturities of the debt securities are as
follows:



                                                                                                  

                                                                                                        Fair
                                                                                            Cost       Value
                                                                                         (dollars in millions)
U.S. Treasury Securities:
       Less than 1 year.................................................................   $ 206       $ 206
                                                                                         =======     =======


Maturities for the restricted  securities have not been presented,  as the types
of securities are either cash or mutual funds which do not have a single date.


Long-Term Debt

The fair value of long-term  debt was estimated  using the December 31, 2001 and
2000 average of the bid and ask price for the publicly traded debt  instruments.
Amounts under the Tranche A and Tranche C of the Senior Secured Credit  Facility
and the commercial  mortgages are not publicly traded.  The fair value for these
instruments is assumed to approximate  their carrying value at December 31, 2001
as they are secured by underlying assets and are at variable interest rates thus
minimizing credit and interest rate risks.

The carrying amount and estimated fair values of Level 3's financial instruments
are as follows:



                                                                                                       
                                                                                       2001                  2000
                                                                                Carrying      Fair       Carrying    Fair
                                                                                 Amount       Value       Amount     Value
                                                                                             (dollars in millions)

Cash and Cash Equivalents.....................................................  $ 1,297    $ 1,297      $ 1,256    $ 1,256
Marketable Securities.........................................................      206        206        2,742      2,742
Restricted Securities.........................................................      155        155          215        215
Investments (Note 8)..........................................................      127        569          146        569
Long-term Debt, including current portion (Note 9)............................    6,216      3,354         7,325     5,766


(6)    Receivables

Receivables at December 31, 2001 and 2000 were as follows:


                                                                                                 

                                                              Information
                                       Communications          Services         Coal           Other           Total
                                                                        (dollars in millions)
2001
Accounts Receivable - Trade:
       Services........................        $  151          $  21           $  11           $   1          $  184
       Dark Fiber......................            40              -               -               -              40
Joint Build Costs......................            20              -               -               -              20
Other Receivables......................            41              -               -               -              41
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts........           (43)            (3)              -               -             (46)
                                                ------        -------         -------         -------         -------
Total                                          $  209          $  18           $  11           $   1          $  239
                                               =======        =======         =======         =======         =======
2000
Accounts Receivable - Trade:
       Services........................        $  141          $  25           $  19           $   1          $  186
       Dark Fiber......................           161              -               -               -             161
Joint Build Costs......................           162              -               -               -             162
Other Receivables......................            49              1               -               -              50
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts........           (29)            (4)              -               -             (33)
                                                ------        -------         -------         -------         -------
Total                                          $  484          $  22           $  19           $   1          $  526
                                               =======        =======         =======         =======         =======



Joint build  receivables  primarily  relate to costs incurred by the Company for
construction  of  network  assets  in which  Level 3 is  partnering  with  other
companies.  Generally,  under these types of agreements,  the sponsoring partner
will incur 100% of the  construction  costs and bill the other  party as certain
construction milestones are accomplished.

The Company  recognized bad debt expense in selling,  general and administrative
expenses of $42  million,  $31  million and $11 million in 2001,  2000 and 1999,
respectively.  The Company  decreased  accounts  receivable  and  allowance  for
doubtful  accounts by approximately $29 million and $7 million in 2001 and 2000,
respectively, for amounts the Company deemed as uncollectible.


(7)    Property, Plant and Equipment

The Company has substantially  completed the construction of its  communications
network.  Costs  associated  directly with the  uncompleted  network,  including
employee related costs,  are  capitalized,  and interest expense incurred during
construction  is  capitalized   based  on  the  weighted   average   accumulated
construction   expenditures   and  the  interest  rates  related  to  borrowings
associated  with  the  construction  (Note  9).  Intercity   segments,   gateway
facilities,  local  networks and  operating  equipment  that have been placed in
service are being  depreciated  over their  estimated  useful  lives,  primarily
ranging from 3-25 years.

The Company  continues  to develop  business  support  systems  required for its
business  plan. The external  direct costs of software,  materials and services,
payroll and payroll related expenses for employees directly  associated with the
project,  and interest  costs  incurred  when  developing  the business  support
systems are  capitalized.  Upon  completion of a project,  the total cost of the
business support system is amortized over a useful life of three years.

As noted previously,  in 2001, the Company recorded a charge on the statement of
operations for impairment of certain assets. The impairments primarily relate to
colocation  assets  ($1.6  billion),  conduits  in North  America  and  European
intercity and  metropolitan  networks ($1.2 billion),  and certain  transoceanic
assets ($320 million).  For those assets that are determined to be impaired, the
fair  value of the  asset  becomes  the new basis or "cost" of the asset and the
accumulated depreciation that had previously been recorded, is eliminated.

Capitalized  business support systems and network  construction  costs that have
not been  placed in service  have been  classified  as  construction-in-progress
within Property, Plant & Equipment below.



                                                                                                           
                                                                                                Accumulated        Book
                                                                                     Cost       Depreciation       Value
                                                                                            (dollars in millions)
2001
Land and Mineral Properties..................................................      $  218         $  (22)        $   192
Facility and Leasehold Improvements
     Communications..........................................................       1,423            (22)          1,401
     Information Services....................................................          26             (5)             21
     Coal Mining.............................................................          65            (62)              3
     CPTC....................................................................          92            (14)             78
Network Infrastructure.......................................................       4,111           (107)          4,004
Operating Equipment
     Communications..........................................................       1,152           (367)            785
     Information Services....................................................          69            (41)             28
     Coal Mining.............................................................          82            (72)             10
     CPTC....................................................................          18            (11)              7
Network Construction Equipment...............................................          67            (17)             50
Furniture, Fixtures and Office Equipment.....................................         180            (94)             86
Construction-in-Progress.....................................................         225              -             225
                                                                                   -------        -------        -------
                                                                                   $7,728        $  (838)       $  6,890
                                                                                   ======        =======        ========




                                                                                                            

                                                                                               Accumulated          Book
                                                                                     Cost      Depreciation        Value
                                                                                          (dollars in millions)
2000
Land and Mineral Properties..................................................       $  191        $  (11)        $   180
Facility and Leasehold Improvements
     Communications..........................................................        1,280           (51)          1,229
     Information Services....................................................           25            (4)             21
     Coal Mining.............................................................           68           (64)              4
     CPTC....................................................................           92           (12)             80
Network Infrastructure.......................................................        3,400           (43)          3,357
Operating Equipment
     Communications..........................................................        1,577          (554)          1,023
     Information Services....................................................           50           (26)             24
     Coal Mining.............................................................           93           (85)              8
     CPTC....................................................................           17            (9)              8
Network Construction Equipment...............................................          139           (27)            112
Furniture, Fixtures and Office Equipment.....................................          146           (44)            102
Construction-in-Progress.....................................................        2,866             -           2,866
                                                                                   -------        -------        -------
                                                                                   $ 9,944       $  (930)       $  9,014
                                                                                   =======       =======        ========


Depreciation  expense was $1,082 million in 2001,  $529 million in 2000 and $192
million in 1999.  Depreciation  expense attributable to the network construction
equipment is  capitalized  and included in  Construction-in-Progress  until such
time the constructed asset is placed in service.

(8)    Other Assets

At  December  31,  2001 and  2000  other  non-current  assets  consisted  of the
following:


                                                                                                          

                                                                                                       2001     2000
                                                                                                       (in millions)

     Investments....................................................................................   $127     $146
     Debt Issuance Costs, net.......................................................................    113      161
     Goodwill, net of accumulated amortization of $142 and $102....................................      28       68
     Prepaid Network Assets.........................................................................     21       35
     CPTC Deferred Development and Financing Costs..................................................     20       14
     Assets Held for Sale..........................................................................      62        -
     Employee and Officer Notes Receivable.........................................................      10        -
     Deposits......................................................................................       -       40
     Other..........................................................................................     11       14
                                                                                                      -----     -----
          Total other assets........................................................................   $392     $478
                                                                                                     ======    ======


The Company holds significant equity positions in two publicly traded companies:
RCN  Corporation   ("RCN")  and   Commonwealth   Telephone   Enterprises,   Inc.
("Commonwealth Telephone").  RCN is a facilities-based provider of bundled local
and long distance phone,  cable television and Internet  services to residential
markets  primarily on the East and West coasts as well as Chicago.  Commonwealth
Telephone  holds  Commonwealth  Telephone  Company,  an incumbent local exchange
carrier  operating in various  rural  Pennsylvania  markets,  and CTSI,  Inc., a
competitive local exchange carrier which commenced operations in 1997.

On December 31, 2001, Level 3 owned approximately 27% and 45% of the outstanding
shares of RCN and Commonwealth  Telephone,  respectively,  and accounts for each
entity using the equity method. The market value of the Company's  investment in
RCN and Commonwealth  Telephone was $78 million and $485 million,  respectively,
on December 31, 2001.


During the fourth quarter of 2000, Level 3's proportionate share of RCN's losses
exceeded the remaining  carrying  value of Level 3's  investment in RCN. Level 3
does not have additional  financial  commitments to RCN; therefore it recognized
equity  losses  only to the  extent of its  investment  in RCN.  If RCN  becomes
profitable, Level 3 will not record its equity in RCN's profits until unrecorded
equity  losses have been offset.  The  Company's  investment  in RCN,  including
goodwill,  was zero at December 31, 2001 and December  2000,  respectively.  The
Company did not recognize  approximately $249 million of suspended equity losses
attributable  to RCN in 2001,  bringing  the total  amount of  suspended  equity
losses  to   approximately   $269  million.   Level  3  recorded  equity  losses
attributable to RCN of $260 million and $134 million for the twelve months ended
December 31, 2000 and 1999, respectively.

The Company recognizes gains from the sale,  issuance and repurchase of stock by
its equity method  investees in its statements of  operations.  During 2000, RCN
issued stock for the acquisition of 21st Century Telecom Group, Inc.,  completed
in April,  2000,  and for  certain  transactions  which  diluted  the  Company's
ownership of RCN from 35% at December 31, 1999 to 31% at December 31, 2000.  The
increase in the Company's proportionate share of RCN's net assets as a result of
these transactions resulted in a pre-tax gain of $95 million for the Company for
the year ended December 31, 2000. The Company  recognized a similar pre-tax gain
of $117  million in 1999.  The Company did not  recognize  any gains in 2001 and
does not  expect  to  recognize  future  gains on RCN stock  activity  until the
suspended equity losses are recognized by the Company.

The  following is  summarized  financial  information  of RCN for the year ended
December 31, 2001(unaudited) and the years ended December 31, 2000 and 1999, and
as of December 31, 2001 (unaudited) and December 31, 2000.



                                                                                                      

                                                                                         Year Ended December 31,
                                                                                        2001       2000       1999
                                   Operations:
RCN Corporation:
     Revenue .                                                                         $ 456    $   333     $  276
     Net loss available to common shareholders...................................       (836)      (891)      (369)

Level 3's Share:
     Net loss....................................................................          -       (260)      (134)
     Goodwill amortization.......................................................          -         (1)        (1)
                                                                                        -----      -----      -----
                                                                                       $   -    $  (261)    $ (135)
                                                                                       ======     ======     ======



                                                                                                    

                                                                                              December 31,
                                                                                           2001            2000
                               Financial Position:
Current Assets...................................................................        $  956         $ 1,854
Other Assets ....................................................................         2,647           2,922
                                                                                         ------          ------
     Total assets................................................................         3,603           4,776

Current Liabilities..............................................................           313             531
Other Liabilities................................................................         1,929           2,284
Minority Interest................................................................            51              75
Preferred Stock..................................................................         2,142           1,991
                                                                                         ------          ------
     Total liabilities and preferred stock.......................................         4,435           4,881
                                                                                         ------          ------
          Common shareholders' deficit...........................................        $ (832)         $ (105)
                                                                                         ======          ======
Level 3's Investment:
     Equity in net assets........................................................        $    -          $    -
     Goodwill....................................................................             -               -
                                                                                         ------          ------
                                                                                         $    -          $    -
                                                                                         ======          ======


The Company's investment in Commonwealth Telephone, including goodwill, was $121
million and $105 million at December 31, 2001 and 2000, respectively.


The Company  previously made investments in certain public and private companies
in connection with those entities agreeing to purchase various services from the
Company.  The Company originally  recorded these transactions as investments and
deferred  revenue on the balance sheet. The value of the investment and deferred
revenue is equal to the  estimated  fair value of the  securities at the time of
the transaction or the value of the services to be provided,  whichever was more
readily determinable. Level 3 closely monitors the success of these investees in
executing  their business plans.  For those companies that are publicly  traded,
Level 3 also monitors current and historical market values of the investee as it
compares to the carrying value of the investment.  The Company recorded a charge
of $37 million during 2001 for an other-than  temporary  decline in the value of
such investments,  which is included in Other, net on the consolidated condensed
statements of operations.  Future appreciation will be recognized only upon sale
or other disposition of these securities. The carrying amount of the investments
was zero at December 31, 2001 and $37 million at December 31, 2000.  The Company
recognized  revenue of  approximately  $13  million and less then $1 million for
actual  services  provided  to other  entities  involved  in the program for the
twelve months ended December 31, 2001 and 2000, respectively.  As of December 31
2001, the Company had deferred revenue obligations of $9 million with respect to
these transactions.

In August,  2001,  the  Company and divine,  inc.,  a company  included in those
described  above,  entered into an  agreement  whereby  divine would  repurchase
shares of common  stock  issued to Level 3 and  absolve  Level 3 of any  further
obligations  with  respect to the deferred  revenue  recorded at the time of the
original transaction. As a result, Level 3 recorded a $27 million gain in Other,
net on the consolidated statement of operations in 2001.

As of December 31, 2001, the goodwill identified in Other Assets is attributable
to technology purchased in the XCOM Technologies, Inc. acquisition in 1998. This
technology  was used by Level 3 to develop an  interface  between  its  Internet
protocol-network   and  the  existing  public  switched  telephone  network.  In
accordance  with SFAS No. 142,  the  Company  will  continue  to  amortize  this
intangible asset over its remaining useful economic life. Goodwill  amortization
expense, excluding amortization expense attributable to equity method investees,
was $40 million in 2001, $50 million in 2000, and $36 million in 1999.

Assets held for sale includes  certain  corporate  facilities that management of
the Company has elected to dispose as soon as practicable.  The Company recorded
an  impairment   charge  in  depreciation   expense  of  $45  million  in  2001,
representing the difference between the carrying value and adjusted market value
of these facilities,  as determined through consultations with a commercial real
estate   broker.   Also   included   in  assets   held  for  sale  are   certain
telecommunications  equipment  identified as excess and which management expects
to sell  within  the next  year due to the  Company's  decision  in June 2001 to
reprioritize its capital expenditures.

Loans were made to certain employees and officers of the Company.  The loans are
generally  secured  by Level 3 common  stock or  other  personal  assets  of the
borrower and bear interest at rates ranging from 6% to 9.5%.



(9)    Long-Term Debt

At December 31, 2001 and 2000, long-term debt was as follows:


                                                                                                     

                                                                                                 2001      2000
                                                                                              (dollars in millions)
     Senior Secured Credit Facility:
        Term Loan Facility
          Tranche A (4.69% due 2007)..........................................................  $ 450     $ 200
          Tranche B (5.69% due 2008)..........................................................    275       275
          Tranche C (6.08% due 2008)..........................................................    400         -
     Senior Notes (9.125% due 2008)...........................................................  1,430     2,000
     Senior Notes (11% due 2008)..............................................................    442       800
     Senior Discount Notes (10.5% due 2008)...................................................    583       619
     Senior Euro Notes (10.75% due 2008)......................................................    307       465
     Senior Discount Notes (12.875% due 2010).................................................    386       399
     Senior Euro Notes (11.25% due 2010)......................................................     93       279
     Senior Notes (11.25% due 2010)...........................................................    129       250
     Commercial Mortgage:
          GMAC (4.52% due 2003)...............................................................    120       120
          Lehman (5.64% due 2004).............................................................    112       113
     Convertible Subordinated Notes (6.0% due 2010)...........................................    728       863
     Convertible Subordinated Notes (6.0% due 2009)...........................................    612       823
     CPTC Long-term Debt (with recourse only to CPTC)
          (7.63% due 2004-2028)...............................................................    140       115
      Other...................................................................................      9         4
                                                                                                ------   ------
                                                                                                6,216     7,325
     Less current portion.....................................................................     (7)       (7)
                                                                                                ------   ------
                                                                                              $ 6,209   $ 7,318
                                                                                              =======   =======



In July 2001,  Level 3 announced  that it had amended its Senior  Secured Credit
Facility  to  permit  the  Company  to  acquire   certain  of  its   outstanding
indebtedness in exchange for shares of common stock.  Various issuances of Level
3's outstanding senior notes, senior discount notes and convertible subordinated
notes have traded at discounts to their respective face or accreted amounts.

The Company purchased $130 million of its 6% Convertible  Subordinated Notes due
in 2009 and $64  million of its 6%  Convertible  Subordinated  Notes due in 2010
during the second half of 2001.  The Company issued  approximately  15.9 million
shares of its common stock worth  approximately  $72 million in exchange for the
debt.  The  net  gain  on  the  early  extinguishment  of  the  debt,  including
transaction  costs and unamortized  debt issuance costs, was $117 million and is
classified as an extraordinary item in the consolidated statement of operations.
Level 3 will continue to evaluate these  transactions in the future. The amounts
involved in any such  transactions,  individually  or in the  aggregate,  may be
material.

In  September  2001,  the Company  announced  that its first tier,  wholly owned
subsidiary,  Level 3 Finance,  LLC was  commencing  a "Modified  Dutch  Auction"
tender offer for a portion of the  Company's  senior debt and  convertible  debt
securities.  Under the  "Modified  Dutch  Auction"  procedures,  Level 3 Finance
accepted  tendered notes in each offer in the order of the lowest to the highest
tender prices  specified by the tendering  holders within the  applicable  price
range for the applicable series of notes (see table below.)

In October 2001,  Level 3 Finance  completed the purchase of Company debt with a
face value of approximately  $1.7 billion,  plus accrued  interest,  for a total
purchase price of approximately $731 million. The net gain on the extinguishment
of the debt, including transaction costs, foreign currency gains and unamortized
debt  issuance  costs,  was  approximately  $967  million and was recorded as an
extraordinary item in the consolidated statement of operations.




                                                                                                    
                                                             Maximum                      Actual Principal     Actual
                                                            Principal                        Amount at        Weighted
                                                            Amount at      Purchase Price     Maturity        Average
                                                         Maturity Sought     Range per      Repurchased       Purchase
                                                          ($ millions)        $1,000       ($ millions)    Price/$1,000
                                                                             Principal

     Senior Notes (9.125%) .................................   $ 725       $350 - $450         $ 570          $ 450
     Senior Notes (11%) ....................................     450        380 -  480           359            480
     Senior Discount Notes (10.5%) .........................     125        210 -  250           125            210
     Senior Euro Notes (10.75%) ............................     267        370 -  440           136            440
     Senior Discount Notes (12.875%) .......................     100        150 -  180           100            150
     Senior Euro Notes (11.25%) ............................     178        370 -  440           173            440
     Senior Notes (11.25%) .................................     150        370 -  460           121            460
     Convertible Subordinated Notes (due 2010) .............     325        190 -  220            71            220
     Convertible Subordinated Notes (due 2009) .............     525        190 -  220            80            220
                                                              ------                          ------
                                                             $ 2,845                         $ 1,735
                                                             =======                         =======
     Assumes 1EURO = .89 USD



Senior Secured Credit Facility

On September 30, 1999,  Level 3 and certain Level 3 subsidiaries  entered into a
$1.375 billion secured credit facility (''Senior Secured Credit Facility''). The
facility was originally  comprised of a senior secured revolving credit facility
in the  amount  of $650  million  and a  two-tranche  senior  secured  term loan
facility  aggregating $725 million. The secured term loan facility consists of a
$450  million  tranche  A and a  $275  million  tranche  B term  loan  facility,
respectively.  At December 31, 2000,  Level 3 had borrowed $200 million and $275
million  under  the  tranche  A  and  tranche  B  secured  term  loan  facility,
respectively.  On January 8, 2001,  the  Company  borrowed  the  remaining  $250
million  available  under the existing  tranche A of the Senior  Secured  Credit
Facility.

On March 22, 2001,  Level 3 entered into an amendment to increase the  borrowing
capacity  under the Senior Secured  Credit  Facility by $400 million,  to $1.775
billion.  As part of the  agreement,  Level 3 borrowed  $400 million under a new
tranche  C of the  term  loan  facility.  The net  proceeds  will  be  used  for
implementing  the business  plan,  including the purchase of  telecommunications
assets.

The obligations under the revolving credit facility are secured by substantially
all the assets of Level 3 and, subject to certain  exceptions,  its wholly owned
domestic  subsidiaries  (other than the borrower under the term loan  facility).
Such assets will also secure a portion of the term loan facility.  Additionally,
all  obligations  under the term loan  facility will be secured by the equipment
that is purchased with the proceeds of the term loan facility.

Amounts  drawn under the secured  credit  facility  will bear  interest,  at the
option of the Company, at an alternate base rate or reserve-adjusted  LIBOR plus
applicable margins. The applicable margins for the revolving credit facility and
tranche  A term  loan  facility  range  from 50 to 175  basis  points  over  the
alternate  base rate and from 150 to 275 basis  points  over LIBOR and are fixed
for the tranche B term loan facility at 250 basis points over the alternate base
rate and 375 basis points over LIBOR. The tranche C applicable margins are fixed
at 300 basis  points  over the  alternate  base rate and 400 basis  points  over
LIBOR.  Interest and commitment  fees on the revolving  credit  facility and the
term loan  facilities are payable  quarterly  with specific rates  determined by
actual  borrowings under each facility.  Debt issuance costs of $38 million were
capitalized  and will be amortized as interest  expense over the terms of Senior
Secured Credit Facility.

The revolving  credit  facility  provides for automatic and permanent  quarterly
reductions of the amount available for borrowing under that facility, commencing
at $17.25 million on March 31, 2004, and increasing to approximately $61 million
per quarter. The tranche A term loan facility amortizes in consecutive quarterly
payments  beginning on March 31, 2004,  commencing at $9 million per quarter and
increasing  to $58.5  million per quarter.  The  revolving  credit  facility and
tranche A term loan facility  mature on September  30, 2007.  The tranche B term
loan facility amortizes in consecutive quarterly payments beginning on March 31,
2004,  commencing at less than $1 million and increasing to $67 million in 2007.
Tranche C of the term loan facility amortizes in consecutive  quarterly payments


beginning on June 30, 2004,  commencing at $1 million per quarter and increasing
to $97 million per quarter in 2007,  with the final  installment due January 30,
2008.

As of  December  31,  2001,  Level 3 had not  borrowed  any funds under the $650
million revolving credit facility. The availability of funds and any requirement
to repay previously  borrowed funds is contingent upon the continued  compliance
with the relevant debt covenants.

The Senior Secured Credit Facility has customary covenants, or requirements that
the company and certain of its  subsidiaries  must meet to remain in  compliance
with the contract, including a financial covenant that measures minimum revenues
(Minimum Telecom Revenue). The subsidiaries of the Company that must comply with
the terms and  conditions  of the credit  facility are referred to as Restricted
Subsidiaries.

The Minimum Telecom Revenue covenant generally requires that the Company meet or
exceed  specified  levels of cash revenue from  communications  and  information
services  businesses  generated  by the  Restricted  Subsidiaries.  The  Minimum
Telecom  Revenue  covenant is  calculated  quarterly on a trailing  four-quarter
basis and must exceed $1.5 billion for the first quarter of 2002,  increasing to
$2.3 billion in the fourth quarter of 2002, $3.375 billion in the fourth quarter
of 2003,  and $4.75  billion  in the  fourth  quarter  of 2004.  The  Restricted
Subsidiaries  currently  include those  engaged in the Company's  communications
businesses and certain  subsidiaries  of  (i)Structure  engaged in the company's
information services businesses.

Those subsidiaries of the Company that are not subject to the limitations of the
Senior Secured Credit Facility are referred to as Unrestricted Subsidiaries. The
Unrestricted Subsidiaries include Level 3's coal mining and toll road properties
and its holdings in RCN and Commonwealth Telephone.

If the Company does not remain in compliance  with this financial  covenant,  as
well as certain other  covenants,  it could be in default under the terms of the
Senior Secured  Credit  Facility.  Under this  scenario,  the lenders could take
actions to require repayment. The Company believes it is in full compliance with
all covenants as of December 31, 2001.

On January 29, 2002,  the Company  stated that it was in compliance  with all of
the terms,  conditions,  and covenants under its credit facility and expected to
remain in compliance  through the end of the first quarter based on its publicly
disclosed  financial  projections.  However,  the Company  stated that if sales,
disconnects and cancellations  were to continue at the levels experienced during
the second half of 2001, it may violate the Minimum Telecom Revenue  covenant as
early as the end of the second quarter 2002. The Company also stated that to the
extent  the  Company's   operational   performance   improves  or  it  completes
acquisitions that generate sufficient incremental revenue, a potential violation
of the covenant could be delayed beyond the second quarter of 2002 or eliminated
entirely.  See Note 17 for  additional  information  on actions taken to address
covenant issues.

9.125% Senior Notes

In April  1998,  Level 3  Communications,  Inc.  received  $1.94  billion of net
proceeds from an offering of $2 billion aggregate principal amount 9.125% Senior
Notes Due 2008  (''9.125%  Senior  Notes'').  Interest  on the notes  accrues at
9.125% per year and is payable on May 1 and November 1 each year in cash.

The  9.125%  Senior  Notes are  subject to  redemption  at the option of Level 3
Communications,  Inc.,  in whole or in part, at any time or from time to time on
or after May 1, 2003, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the redemption
date,  if  redeemed  during  the  twelve  months  beginning  May 1, of the years
indicated below:


   Year                                                       Redemption Price
   2003 .......................................................   104.563%
   2004 .......................................................   103.042%
   2005 .......................................................   101.521%
   2006 and thereafter.........................................   100.000%


The  9.125%  Senior  Notes  are  senior,   unsecured   obligations  of  Level  3
Communications,  Inc.,  ranking pari passu with all  existing and future  senior
unsecured  indebtedness  of the Company.  The notes contain  certain  covenants,
which among other  things,  limit  consolidated  debt,  dividend  payments,  and
transactions with affiliates. Level 3 Communications, Inc. used the net proceeds
of the note offering in connection with the implementation of its business plan.

Debt issuance  costs of $65 million were  originally  capitalized  and are being
amortized as interest  expense over the term of the Senior Notes. As a result of
amortization and debt repurchases, the capitalized debt issuance costs have been
reduced to $30 million at December 31, 2001.

11% Senior Notes due 2008

In February  2000,  Level 3  Communications,  Inc.  received $779 million of net
proceeds,  after  transaction  costs,  from a private  offering of $800  million
aggregate  principal  amount  of its 11%  Senior  Notes  due 2008  ("11%  Senior
Notes").  Interest  on  the  notes  accrues  at 11%  per  year  and  is  payable
semi-annually  in  arrears  in cash on  March  15 and  September  15,  beginning
September 15, 2000.  The 11% Senior Notes are senior,  unsecured  obligations of
Level 3  Communications,  Inc.,  ranking pari passu with all existing and future
senior debt.  The 11% Senior Notes cannot be prepaid by Level 3  Communications,
Inc.,  and  mature on March 15,  2008.  The 11%  Senior  Notes  contain  certain
covenants,  which among other things,  limit additional  indebtedness,  dividend
payments, certain investments and transactions with affiliates.

Debt issuance  costs of $21 million were  originally  capitalized  and are being
amortized as interest expense over the term of the 11% Senior Notes. As a result
of amortization and debt  repurchases,  the capitalized debt issuance costs have
been reduced to $9 million at December 31, 2001.

10.5% Senior Discount Notes due 2008

In December  1998,  Level 3  Communications,  Inc.  sold $834 million  aggregate
principal  amount at maturity of 10.5% Senior  Discount  Notes Due 2008 (''10.5%
Senior  Discount  Notes'').  The sales proceeds of $500 million,  excluding debt
issuance  costs,  were recorded as long term debt.  Interest on the 10.5% Senior
Discount Notes accretes at a rate of 10.5% per annum,  compounded  semiannually,
to an aggregate  principal  amount of $834 million ($709 million after the Dutch
auction  conducted in October of 2001) by December 1, 2003.  Cash  interest will
not  accrue on the 10.5%  Senior  Discount  Notes  prior to  December  1,  2003;
however, Level 3 Communications,  Inc. may elect to commence the accrual of cash
interest on all outstanding  10.5% Senior Discount Notes on or after December 1,
2001, in which case the outstanding  principal  amount at maturity of each 10.5%
Senior  Discount  Note will on the elected  commencement  date be reduced to the
accreted  value  of the  10.5%  Senior  Discount  Note as of that  date and cash
interest  shall be  payable on that Note on June 1 and  December  1  thereafter.
Commencing June 1, 2004, interest on the 10.5% Senior Discount Notes will accrue
at the rate of 10.5% per  annum  and will be  payable  in cash  semiannually  in
arrears.  Accrued  interest  expense for the year ended December 31, 2001 on the
10.5% Senior Discount Notes of $65 million was added to long-term debt.

The 10.5% Senior  Discount  Notes will be subject to redemption at the option of
Level 3  Communications,  Inc., in whole or in part, at any time or from time to
time on or after December 1, 2003 at the following  redemption prices (expressed
as percentages of accreted  value) plus accrued and unpaid  interest  thereon to
the redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve months beginning  December 1,
of the years indicated below:

    Year                                                       Redemption Price
    2003 .....................................................     105.25%
    2004 .....................................................     103.50%
    2005 .....................................................     101.75%

These notes are senior unsecured  obligations of Level 3  Communications,  Inc.,
ranking pari passu with all existing and future senior unsecured indebtedness of
Level 3  Communications,  Inc. The 10.5% Senior  Discount Notes contain  certain
covenants  which,  among other things,  restrict the Company's  ability to incur
additional debt, make


certain  restricted  payments,  pay  dividends,  enter  into sale and  leaseback
transactions,  enter into transactions with affiliates, and sell assets or merge
with another company.

The net proceeds of $486 million were used to accelerate the  implementation  of
its business plan, primarily the funding for the increase in committed number of
route miles of the Company's U.S. intercity network.

Debt issuance  costs of $14 million were  originally  capitalized  and are being
amortized  over the term of the  10.5%  Senior  Discount  Notes.  As a result of
amortization and debt repurchases, the capitalized debt issuance costs have been
reduced to $8 million at December 31, 2001.

10.75% Senior Euro Notes due 2008

On February 29, 2000,  Level 3  Communications,  Inc.  received EURO 488 million
($478 million when issued) of net proceeds,  after debt issuance costs,  from an
offering of EURO 500 million aggregate principal amount 10.75% Senior Euro Notes
due 2008 ("10.75%  Senior Euro Notes").  Interest on the notes accrues at 10.75%
per year  and is  payable  in Euros  semi-annually  in  arrears  on March 15 and
September 15 each year  beginning on September 15, 2000.  The 10.75% Senior Euro
Notes are not redeemable by Level 3 Communications, Inc. prior to maturity. Debt
issuance costs of EURO 12 million ($12 million) were originally  capitalized and
are being  amortized over the term of the 10.75% Senior Euro Notes.  As a result
of the  amortization  and debt  repurchases,  the net capitalized  debt issuance
costs had been reduced to $6 million at December 31, 2001.

The 10.75% Senior Euro Notes are senior,  unsecured  obligations of the Company,
ranking pari passu with all existing and future  senior debt.  The 10.75% Senior
Euro Notes contain certain covenants, which among other things, limit additional
indebtedness,  dividend  payments,  certain  investments and  transactions  with
affiliates.

The  issuance  of the  EURO  500  million  10.75%  Senior  Euro  Notes  has been
designated  as, and is effective as, an economic hedge against the investment in
certain of the Company's foreign subsidiaries. Therefore, foreign currency gains
and losses  resulting  from the  translation  of the debt have been  recorded in
other  comprehensive  income (loss) to the extent of translation gains or losses
on such investment.  The 10.75% Senior Euro Notes were valued,  based on current
exchange  rates,  at $307  million  in the  Company's  financial  statements  at
December 31, 2001.  The  difference  between the carrying  value at December 31,
2000  and the  value at  issuance,  after  repurchases,  was  recorded  in other
comprehensive income.

12.875% Senior Discount Notes due 2010

On February 29, 2000,  Level 3  Communications,  Inc. sold in a private offering
$675 million  aggregate  principal  amount at maturity  ($575  million after the
Dutch auction conducted in October of 2001) of its 12.875% Senior Discount Notes
due 2010 ("12.875% Senior Discount  Notes").  The sale proceeds of $360 million,
excluding debt issuance costs, were recorded as long-term debt.  Interest on the
12.875% Senior Discount Notes accretes at a rate of 12.875% per year, compounded
semi-annually,  to an  aggregate  principal  amount of $675 million by March 15,
2005.  Cash interest will not accrue on the 12.875% Senior  Discount Notes prior
to March 15, 2005. However,  Level 3 Communications,  Inc. may elect to commence
the accrual of cash interest on all outstanding 12.875% Senior Discount Notes on
or after March 15,  2003.  In that case,  the  outstanding  principal  amount at
maturity of each 12.875% Senior Discount Note will, on the elected  commencement
date, be reduced to the accreted value of the 12.875% Senior Discount Note as of
that date and cash  interest  shall be payable on the  12.875%  Senior  Discount
Notes on March 15 and September 15  thereafter.  Commencing  September 15, 2005,
interest on the 12.875% Senior Discount Notes will accrue at the rate of 12.875%
per year and will be payable in cash semi-annually in arrears.  Accrued interest
expense  from the date of  issuance  through  December  31,  2001 on the 12.875%
Senior Discount Notes of $52 million was added to long-term debt.

The 12.875%  Senior  Discount  Notes are subject to  redemption at the option of
Level 3  Communications,  Inc., in whole or in part, at any time or from time to
time on or after March 15,  2005.  Level 3  Communications,  Inc. may redeem the
12.875% Senior Discount Notes at the redemption  prices set for the below,  plus
interest,  if any, to the redemption  date. The following prices are for 12.875%
Senior Discount Notes redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on March 15
of the years set forth  below and are  expressed  as  percentages  of  principal
amount.


      Year                                                    Redemption Price
      2005 ...................................................    106.438%
      2006 ...................................................    104.292%
      2007 ...................................................    102.146%
      2008 and thereafter.....................................    100.000%

In addition, at any time and from time to time, prior to March 15, 2003, Level 3
Communications,  Inc.  may  redeem  up to a  maximum  of 35%  of  the  aggregate
principal  amount at  maturity  of the 12.875%  Senior  Discount  Notes with the
proceeds of one or more private  placements to persons other than  affiliates of
the  Company  or  underwritten  public  offerings  of  common  stock  of Level 3
Communications, Inc. resulting in gross proceeds of at least $100 million in the
aggregate.  Level 3 Communications,  Inc. may redeem the 12.875% Senior Discount
Notes at a redemption price equal to 112.875% of the accreted value of the notes
plus accrued interest, if any, to the redemption date.

The 12.875%  Senior  Discount  Notes are senior,  unsecured  obligations  of the
Company,  ranking  pari passu with all  existing  and future  senior  debt.  The
12.875%  Senior  Discount  Notes contain  certain  covenants,  which among other
things, limit additional  indebtedness,  dividend payments,  certain investments
and transactions with affiliates.

Debt  issuance  costs of $9 million were  originally  capitalized  and are being
amortized  as  interest  expense  over the term of the 12.875%  Senior  Discount
Notes. As a result of amortization  and debt  repurchases,  the capitalized debt
issuance costs have been reduced to $6 million at December 31, 2001.

11.25% Senior Euro Notes due 2010

On February 29, 2000,  Level 3  Communications,  Inc.  received EURO 293 million
($285 million when issued) of net proceeds,  after debt issuance costs,  from an
offering of EURO 300 million aggregate principal amount 11.25% Senior Euro Notes
due 2010 ("11.25%  Senior Euro Notes").  Interest on the notes accrues at 11.25%
per  year  and is  payable  semi-annually  in  arrears  in Euros on March 15 and
September 15 each year beginning September 15, 2000.

The 11.25%  Senior Euro Notes are subject to redemption at the option of Level 3
Communications,  Inc.,  in whole or in part, at any time or from time to time on
or after  March 15,  2005.  The 11.25%  Senior Euro Notes may be redeemed at the
redemption prices set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest,  if any, to
the  redemption  date.  The  following  prices are for 11.25%  Senior Euro Notes
redeemed  during the  12-month  period  commencing  on March 15 of the years set
forth below, and are expressed as percentages of principal amount.

        Year                                                   Redemption Price
        2005 ..................................................    105.625%
        2006 ..................................................    103.750%
        2007 ..................................................    101.875%
        2008 and thereafter....................................    100.000%

In addition, at any time and from time to time, prior to March 15, 2003, Level 3
Communications, Inc. may redeem up to a maximum of 35% of the original aggregate
principal amount of the 11.25% Senior Euro Notes. The Notes may be redeemed at a
redemption price equal to 111.25% of the principal amount thereof,  plus accrued
and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the redemption date. The redemption must
be made with the proceeds of one or more  private  placements  to persons  other
than affiliates of the Company or underwritten  public offerings of common stock
of Level 3  Communications,  Inc.  resulting in gross  proceeds of at least $100
million in the aggregate.

Debt issuance costs of EURO 7 million ($7 million) were  originally  capitalized
and are being  amortized  over the term of the 11.25%  Senior Euro  Notes.  As a
result of amortization and debt repurchases, the capitalized debt issuance costs
have been  reduced to $3 million at December 31,  2001.  The 11.25%  Senior Euro
Notes are senior,  unsecured obligations of the Company, ranking pari passu with
all  existing  and future  senior  debt.  The 11.25%  Senior Euro


Notes  containcertain  covenants,  which among other  things,  limit  additional
indebtedness,  dividend  payments,  certain  investments and  transactions  with
affiliates.

The  issuance  of the  EURO  300  million  11.25%  Senior  Euro  Notes  has been
designated  as, and is effective as, an economic hedge against the investment in
certain of the Company's foreign subsidiaries. Therefore, foreign currency gains
and losses  resulting  from the  translation  of the debt have been  recorded in
other  comprehensive  income (loss) to the extent of translation gains or losses
on such net  investment.  The 11.25%  Senior  Euro Notes were  valued,  based on
current exchange rates, at $93 million in the Company's financial  statements at
December 31, 2001.

11.25% Senior Notes due 2010

In February  2000,  Level 3  Communications,  Inc.  received $243 million of net
proceeds,  after  transaction  costs,  from a private  offering of $250  million
aggregate  principal  amount of its 11.25% Senior Notes due 2010 ("11.25% Senior
Notes").  Interest  on the  notes  accrues  at  11.25%  per year and is  payable
semi-annually  in  arrears  on  March  15 and  September  15 in  cash  beginning
September 15, 2000.

The  11.25%  Senior  Notes are  subject to  redemption  at the option of Level 3
Communications,  Inc.,  in whole or in part, at any time or from time to time on
or after March 15,  2005.  Level 3  Communications,  Inc.  may redeem the 11.25%
Senior Notes at the redemption  prices set forth below,  plus accrued and unpaid
interest,  if any, to the redemption  date. The following  prices are for 11.25%
Senior Notes redeemed during the 12-month  period  commencing on March 15 of the
years set forth below:

    Year                                                       Redemption Price
    2005 ......................................................    105.625%
    2006 ......................................................    103.750%
    2007 ......................................................    101.875%
    2008 and thereafter........................................    100.000%

In addition, at any time and from time to time, prior to March 15, 2003, Level 3
Communications, Inc. may redeem up to a maximum of 35% of the original aggregate
principal  amount of the 11.25% Senior Notes.  The redemption  must be made with
the proceeds of one or more private  placements to persons other than affiliates
of the  Company or  underwritten  public  offerings  of common  stock of Level 3
Communications, Inc. resulting in gross proceeds of at least $100 million in the
aggregate. Level 3 Communications,  Inc. may redeem the 11.25% Senior Notes at a
redemption  price  equal to  111.25% of the  principal  amount of the notes plus
accrued interest, if any, to the redemption date.

The 11.25%  Senior  Notes are  senior,  unsecured  obligations  of the  Company,
ranking pari passu with all existing and future  senior debt.  The 11.25% Senior
Notes contain  certain  covenants,  which among other things,  limit  additional
indebtedness,  dividend  payments,  certain  investments and  transactions  with
affiliates.

Debt  issuance  costs of $7 million were  originally  capitalized  and are being
amortized as interest  expense over the term of the 11.25%  Senior  Notes.  As a
result of amortization and debt repurchases, the capitalized debt issuance costs
have been reduced to $3 million at December 31, 2001.

GMAC Commercial Mortgage due 2003

In June 2000, HQ Realty, Inc. (a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company) entered
into a $120 million  floating-rate  loan ("GMAC  Mortgage")  providing  secured,
non-recourse debt to finance the Company's world  headquarters.  HQ Realty, Inc.
is a single purpose entity organized solely to own, hold, operate and manage the
world headquarters which has been 100% leased to Level 3 Communications,  LLC in
Broomfield  Colorado.  Under the terms of the loan agreement,  HQ Realty,  Inc.,
will  not  engage  in  any  business  other  than  the  ownership,   management,
maintenance  and  operation of the world  headquarters.  The assets of HQ Realty
Inc. are not available to satisfy any third party  obligations  other than those
of HQ Realty,  Inc. In addition,  the assets of the Company are not available to
satisfy the obligations of HQ Realty, Inc. HQ Realty, Inc. received $119 million
of net  proceeds  after  transaction  costs.  Level 3 was  required to place $13
million of the net proceeds in a restricted account.  The release of these


funds is contingent upon Level 3's debt rating increasing to BBB by S&P and Baa2
by Moody's which did not occur in 2001.

The initial  term of the GMAC  Mortgage  is 36 months with two  one-year no cost
extension  options.  Interest  varies  monthly with the 30 day London  Interbank
Offering Rate ("LIBOR") for U.S. Dollar Deposits as follows:

The Index plus:

        (1)      240 basis points during the Initial Term;
        (2)      250 basis points during the First Extension Option; and
        (3)      260 basis points during the Second Extension Option.

At December 31, 2001 the interest rate was 4.52%.

The GMAC  Mortgage  may not be prepaid  during  the first  twenty  four  months.
Thereafter,  the  GMAC  Mortgage  may be  prepaid  at par in whole or in part in
multiples of $100,000.  The entire principal is due at maturity or at the end of
the elected extension period. Interest only is due during the initial three-year
term. Interest and amortization are due during the extension terms based on a 30
year amortization period with a balloon payment at maturity.

Debt issuance costs of $1 million were  capitalized  and are being  amortized as
interest expense over the term of the GMAC Mortgage.

Lehman Commercial Mortgage due 2004

In  December  2000,  85 Tenth  Avenue,  LLC (a wholly  owned  subsidiary  of the
Company)  entered into a $113 million  floating-rate  loan  ("Lehman  Mortgage")
providing secured,  non-recourse debt to finance the purchase and renovations of
the New York Gateway facility.  85 Tenth Avenue,  LLC is a single purpose entity
organized  solely to own, hold, sell,  lease,  transfer,  exchange,  operate and
manage the New York Gateway facility.  Under the terms of the loan agreement, 85
Tenth  Avenue,  LLC will not engage in any  business  other than the  ownership,
management,  maintenance and operation of the New York Gateway facility. The New
York Gateway facility has been 100% leased to Level 3  Communications,  LLC. The
assets of 85 Tenth  Avenue,  LLC are not  available  to satisfy  any third party
obligations other than those of 85 Tenth Avenue, LLC. In addition, the assets of
the Company are not  available to satisfy the  obligations  of 85 Tenth  Avenue,
LLC.

85 Tenth  Avenue,  LLC received $105 million of net proceeds  after  transaction
costs.  Under the terms of the loan agreement,  the gross loan proceeds plus $32
million, deposited by 85 Tenth Avenue, LLC, are to be maintained in a Renovation
Reserve account.  The reserve is held by 85 Tenth Avenue, LLC as restricted cash
and is  maintained  solely to perform the  renovations  of the New York  Gateway
facility.  At December  31,  2001,  approximately  $57  million  remained in the
reserve account.

The  initial  term of the Lehman  Mortgage is 36 months with two (2) one year no
cost extension options.  There is a penalty if a principal payment is made prior
to January 1, 2002. The entire principal is due at maturity or at the end of the
elected extension period. Interest varies monthly with the 30 day LIBOR for U.S.
Dollar Deposits plus  approximately 350 basis points.  Interest and amortization
are due  during the  initial  term based on a 20 year  amortization  period.  At
December 31, 2001 the interest rate was 5.64%.

Debt issuance costs of $8 million were  capitalized  and are being  amortized as
interest expense over the term of the Lehman Mortgage.

In an effort to reduce  the risk of  increased  interest  rates  related  to the
Lehman commercial mortgage, in January 2001 the Company entered into an interest
rate cap  agreement.  The interest rate cap notional  amount is $113 million and
has a maturity date of January 31, 2004. The terms of the agreement provide that
the net interest  expense  related to the Lehman  commercial  mortgage  will not
exceed 8% plus 400 basis points. The Company has elected not to account for this
transaction as a hedge as permitted by SFAS No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative
Instruments  and Hedging  Activities"  ("SFAS No. 133").  Upon  inception of the
agreement, the Company recorded an asset equal to the fair value of the interest
rate cap of less than $1 million. For twelve months ended December


31, 2001, the Company  recorded,  in the statement of  operations,  less than $1
million in losses  related to the change in the fair value of the interest  rate
cap.

The Company has elected not to complete  the  build-out  of the New York Gateway
facility  due to the  excess  capacity  in the local  market.  As a result,  the
Company is in  negotiations  with the lender to refinance the existing loan. The
refinancing  will  likely  result  in the  reduction  of long  term debt and the
reserve account balance included in restricted securities. See Note 17.

6% Convertible Subordinated Notes due 2010

In February  2000,  the Company  received  $836 million of net  proceeds,  after
transaction  costs, from a public offering of $863 million  aggregate  principal
amount of its 6% Convertible  Subordinated Notes due 2010  ("Subordinated  Notes
2010").  The  Subordinated  Notes 2010 are  unsecured  and  subordinated  to all
existing  and  future  senior  indebtedness  of  the  Company.  Interest  on the
Subordinated  Notes 2010 accrues at 6% per year and is payable  semi-annually in
cash on March 15 and September 15 beginning  September  15, 2000.  The principal
amount of the Subordinated Notes 2010 will be due on March 15, 2010.

The  Subordinated  Notes 2010 may be  converted  into shares of common  stock of
Level 3  Communications,  Inc. at any time prior to the close of business on the
business  day  immediately  preceding  maturity,   unless  previously  redeemed,
repurchased or Level 3 Communications,  Inc. has caused the conversion rights to
expire.  The conversion rate is 7.416 shares per each $1,000 principal amount of
Subordinated Notes 2010, subject to adjustment in certain events.

Prior to March 18, 2003, Level 3 Communications,  Inc. at its option, may redeem
the  Subordinated  Notes 2010,  in whole or in part,  at the  redemption  prices
specified below plus accrued  interest.  Level 3 may exercise this option if the
current  market price of its common stock  equals or exceeds  triggering  levels
specified below for at least 20 trading days within any period of 30 consecutive
trading days, including the last trading day of the period.



                                                                                                  

Period                                                                      Trigger Percentage    Redemption Price
   March 15, 2001 through March 14, 2002.................................    160% ($215.74)           105.4%
   March 15, 2002 through March 17, 2003.................................    150% ($202.26)           104.8%


On or after March 18,  2003,  Level 3, at its option,  may cause the  conversion
rights to expire.  Level 3 may exercise  this option only if the current  market
price exceeds  approximately  $188.78 (which  represents  140% of the conversion
price) for at least 20 trading days within any period of 30 consecutive  trading
days,  including  the last trading day of that period.  At December 31, 2001, no
debt had been converted into shares of common stock.

Debt  issue  costs of $27  million  were  originally  capitalized  and are being
amortized as interest  expense  over the term of the  Subordinated  Notes.  As a
result of amortization and debt repurchases, the capitalized debt issuance costs
have been reduced to $18 million at December 31, 2001.

6% Convertible Subordinated Notes due 2009

On September  14, 1999,  the Company  received  $798 million of proceeds,  after
transaction  costs, from an offering of $823 million aggregate  principal amount
of its 6% Convertible Subordinated Notes Due 2009 (''Subordinated Notes 2009'').
The  Subordinated  Notes 2009 are unsecured and subordinated to all existing and
future senior  indebtedness of the Company.  Interest on the Subordinated  Notes
2009  accrues  at 6% per year and is  payable  each year in cash on March 15 and
September 15. The principal amount of the Subordinated Notes 2009 will be due on
September 15, 2009. The Subordinated  Notes 2009 may be converted into shares of
common  stock of the Company at any time prior to  maturity,  unless the Company
has  caused the  conversion  rights to expire.  The  conversion  rate is 15.3401
shares per each $1,000 principal amount of Subordinated  Notes 2009,  subject to
adjustment in certain circumstances. On or after September 15, 2002, Level 3, at
its option, may cause the conversion rights to expire. Level 3 may exercise this
option only if the current  market price  exceeds  approximately  $91.27  (which
represents  140% of the conversion  price) for 20 trading days within any period
of 30  consecutive  trading  days  including  the


last day of that period.  At December 31, 2001, less than $1 million of debt had
been converted into shares of common stock.

Debt issuance  costs of $25 million were  originally  capitalized  and are being
amortized as interest expense over the term of the Subordinated Notes 2009. As a
result of amortization and debt repurchases, the capitalized debt issuance costs
have been reduced to $14 million at December 31, 2001.

The debt instruments  above contain certain covenants which the Company believes
it is in compliance with as of December 31, 2001.

Level 3  currently  is using the  proceeds  from the senior  securities,  Senior
Secured Credit  Facility and  subordinated  notes for working  capital,  capital
expenditures  and  other  general  corporate  purposes  in  connection  with the
implementation   of  its   business   plan,   including   the   acquisition   of
telecommunications assets.

The Company  capitalized $58 million,  $353 million and $116 million of interest
expense and amortized  debt issuance costs related to network  construction  and
business  systems  development  projects for the years ended  December 31, 2001,
2000 and 1999, respectively.

CPTC

In July 2001, CPTC completed the refinancing of its development and construction
debt.  The $135 million  financing  proceeds were used to repay CPTC's  original
lenders,  repay  subordinated  debt  carried  by  Orange  County  Transportation
Authority and cover  refinancing and prepayment  costs. The prepayment costs and
write-off of debt issuance  costs on the old debt of $9 million are reflected as
an extraodinary loss, net of other gains, on early extinguishment of debt in the
2001 consolidated statement of operations.  The debt carries an interest rate of
7.63% and requires  principal payments in varying amounts through 2028. The debt
is the obligation of CPTC and is nonrecourse to Level 3 Communications, Inc.

Future Debt Maturities:

Scheduled maturities of long-term debt are as follows (in millions):
2002-$7; 2003-$125; 2004-$154; 2005-$121; 2006-$144 and $5,665 thereafter.

(10)   Employee Benefit Plans

The Company applies the recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123, ''Accounting for
Stock Based  Compensation''  (''SFAS No.  123'').  Under SFAS No. 123,  the fair
value of an option or other stock-based  compensation (as computed in accordance
with accepted  option  valuation  models) on the date of grant is amortized over
the vesting periods of the options in accordance with FASB Interpretation No. 28
''Accounting  for Stock  Appreciation  Rights and Other Variable Stock Option or
Award  Plans''(''FIN  28'').  Although  the  recognition  of  the  value  of the
instruments  results in  compensation  or  professional  expenses in an entity's
financial   statements,   the  expense  differs  from  other   compensation  and
professional  expenses in that these charges,  though permitted to be settled in
cash, are generally settled through issuance of common stock.

The  adoption  of SFAS No. 123 has  resulted  in  material  non-cash  charges to
operations since its adoption in 1998, and will continue to do so. The amount of
the non-cash  charge will be dependent  upon a number of factors,  including the
number of grants and the fair value of each grant  estimated  at the time of its
award.

The Company  recognized  on the statement of operations a total of $314 million,
$236 million and $125 million of non-cash  compensation  in 2001, 2000 and 1999,
respectively.  Included in  discontinued  operations  is  non-cash  compensation
expense of $7 million, $5 million and $1 million for fiscal 2001, 2000 and 1999,
respectively.  In addition, the Company capitalized $17 million, $12 million and
$10 million in 2001, 2000 and 1999,  respectively,  of non-cash compensation for
those  employees  directly  involved  in  the  construction  of the  network  or
development of the business support systems.


The following table  summarizes  non-cash  compensation  expense and capitalized
non-cash compensation for the three years ended December 31, 2001.



                                                                                       

                                       2001                        2000                        1999
                               Expense     Capitalized     Expense     Capitalized      Expense     Capitalized

NQSO ......................... $     9      $    -         $   9         $    -          $    3        $   1
Warrants .....................      10          32             1              -               4            -
OSO ..........................     221          10           189              9             111            7
C-OSO ........................      55           4            17              1               -            -
Restricted Stock .............       2           -             4              -               4            -
Stock Issued .................       -           -             5              -               -            -
Shareworks Match Plan ........      11           3             3              2               1            1
Shareworks Grant Plan ........      13           -            13              -               3            1
                                ------       ------       ------         ------          ------       ------
                               $   321      $   49         $ 241         $   12         $   126        $  10
Discontinued Operations ......      (7)          -            (5)             -              (1)           -
                                ------       ------       ------         ------          ------       ------
                               $   314      $   49         $ 236         $   12         $    125       $  10
                               =======      ======        ======         ======         ========      ======



     Non-qualified Stock Options and Warrants

The Company issued  approximately 9.8 million warrants to Peter Kiewit Sons' Inc
("Kiewit") as payment for certain  construction  services.  The warrants,  which
allow  Kiewit to purchase  Common  Stock at $8 per share,  were fully  vested at
issuance  and will  expire  on June 30,  2009.  The fair  value of the  warrants
granted in 2001 was $32 million and calculated using the Black-Scholes valuation
model with a risk free interest rate of 4.8% and an expiration  date of June 30,
2009. The Company used an expected  volatility rate of 70% to reflect the longer
exercise  period.  Kiewit has pledged  these  warrants as  collateral to Level 3
while  the two  parties  resolve  outstanding  claims  with  regard to the North
American intercity  network.  If it is determined through the dispute resolution
process,  that Kiewit is liable for certain claims,  it may settle, at Level 3's
option,  the obligation with cash or by returning all or part of the outstanding
warrants.

In addition to the warrants issued to Kiewit,  the Company had approximately 2.8
million warrants  outstanding on December 31, 2001 ranging in prices from $18.50
to $29.00.  Of these  warrants,  approximately  2.2 million are  exercisable  at
December 31, 2001, with a weighted average exercise price of $23.43 per warrant.


Transactions involving NQSO stock options granted are summarized as follows:



                                                                                                
                                                                                                     Weighted Average
                                                                                    Exercise Price    Exercise Price
                                                                      Shares         Per Share
     Balance December 31, 1998................................      18,979,319        .12-41.25             6.50
          Options granted.....................................          55,100      41.44-84.75            58.61
          Options cancelled...................................      (1,005,328)       .12-41.25            10.84
          Options exercised...................................      (3,950,528)       .12-41.25             5.60
                                                                    ----------
     Balance December 31, 1999................................      14,078,563        .12-84.75             6.64
          Options granted.....................................         230,000            21.69            21.69
          Options cancelled...................................        (228,029)       .12-61.75             9.58
          Options exercised...................................      (2,079,326)       .12-56.75             8.00
                                                                    ----------
     Balance December 31, 2000................................      12,001,208        .12-84.75             6.63
          Options granted.....................................              -                -                 -
          Options cancelled...................................        (348,956)      1.76-56.75            10.18
          Options exercised...................................        (460,546)       .12-35.31             5.32
                                                                    ----------
     Balance December 31, 2001................................      11,191,706     $ .12-$84.75        $    6.58
                                                                    ==========     ============        =========

     Options exercisable
          December 31, 1999...................................       6,291,624       .12-$41.25             6.13
          December 31, 2000...................................       7,166,636       .12-$84.75             6.67
          December 31, 2001...................................       9,013,915       .12-$84.75             6.70



                                                                                                  

                                                                    Options Outstanding               Options Exercisable
                                                                         Weighted
                                                           Number         Average    Weighted       Number     Weighted
                                                        Outstanding      Remaining   Average     Exercisable    Average
                                                           as of           Life      Exercise       as of      Exercise
Range of Exercise Prices                                 12/31/01         (years)      Price       12/31/01      Price

$   0.12- $0.12 ............................................82,807         6.27     $    .12         81,134    $   .12
    1.76-  1.79 ............................................18,914         6.33         1.76          9,962       1.76
    4.04-  5.43 .........................................7,965,203         5.33         5.11      6,638,203       5.05
    6.20-  8.50 .........................................2,604,793         6.05         6.94      1,767,768       6.97
   17.50- 25.03 ...........................................235,839         3.41        21.77        235,839      21.77
   26.80- 39.13 ...........................................241,383         1.54        30.67        241,383      30.67
   40.38- 51.88 ............................................25,667         1.70        41.43         25,292      41.36
   56.00- 57.47 ............................................10,500         2.46        56.91          8,834      56.81
   61.75- 84.75 .............................................6,600         2.28        84.75          5,500      84.75
                                                             ------       ------       ------         ------     ------
                                                        11,191,706         5.37     $   6.58      9,013,915    $  6.70
                                                        ==========      =======     ========      =========    =======



     Outperform Stock Option Plan

In April 1998, the Company adopted an outperform stock option (''OSO'')  program
that was  designed so that the  Company's  stockholders  would  receive a market
return on their  investment  before  OSO  holders  receive  any  return on their
options. The Company believes that the OSO program aligns directly  management's
and  stockholders'  interests  by basing  stock  option  value on the  Company's
ability to  outperform  the market in general,  as  measured  by the  Standard &
Poor's  (''S&P'') 500 Index.  Participants in the OSO program do not realize any
value from awards unless the Common Stock price  outperforms  the S&P 500 Index.
When the stock price gain is greater than the corresponding  gain on the S&P 500
Index (or less than the corresponding loss on the S&P Index), the value received
for  awards  under the OSO plan is based on a  formula  involving  a  multiplier
related to the level by which the Common Stock outperforms the S&P 500 Index. To
the extent that the Common Stock outperforms the S&P 500, the value of OSOs to a
holder may exceed the value of nonqualified stock options.

OSO awards are made quarterly to eligible participants on the date of the grant.
Each  award  vests in equal  quarterly  installments  over two  years  and has a
four-year life.  Awards granted prior to December 2000 typically have a two-


year  moratorium  on  exercise  from  the date of  grant.  As a  result,  once a
participant  is 100%  vested in the  grant,  the  two-year  moratorium  expires.
Therefore,  awards granted prior to December 2000 have an exercise window of two
years. Level 3 granted 3.1 million OSOs to employees in December 2000.  Included
in the grant  were 2.1  million  OSOs that  vest 25% after six  months  with the
remaining  75%  vesting  after 18  months.  These OSOs and all  additional  OSOs
granted after March 1, 2001 are exercisable  immediately upon vesting and have a
four-year life.

The fair value  under  SFAS No.  123 for the  approximately  15.8  million  OSOs
granted to employees for services performed for the year ended December 31, 2001
was $225 million.  As of December 31, 2001,  the Company had not yet  recognized
$108 million of unamortized  compensation  costs for OSOs granted in 1999,  2000
and 2001.

Transactions involving OSO stock awards granted are summarized below:


                                                                                                        
                                                                                                               Weighted
                                                                                                                Average
                                                                                        Option Price Per        Option
                                                                   Shares                    Share               Price
Balance December 31, 1998......................................    2,092,513            29.78-   37.13           34.85
     Options granted...........................................    3,241,599            56.00-   78.50           66.58
     Options cancelled.........................................     (157,623)           29.78-   78.50           51.31
     Options exercised.........................................      (37,500)           29.78-   37.13           34.64
Balance December 31, 1999......................................    5,138,989            29.78-   78.50           54.15
     Options granted...........................................    5,402,553            26.87-  113.87           52.96
     Options cancelled.........................................     (262,545)           26.87-  113.87           72.55
     Options exercised.........................................     (214,409)           29.78-   37.13           36.28
Balance December 31, 2000......................................   10,064,588            26.87-  113.87           53.50
     Options granted...........................................   15,757,972             3.82-   25.31            9.52
    Options cancelled.........................................    (1,758,725)            3.82-  113.87           25.69
        Options expired........................................     (406,387)           25.31-  113.87           48.65
     Options exercised.........................................      (96,031)            3.82-   34.50            8.45
                                                                  -----------                                 --------
Balance December 31, 2001......................................   23,561,417          $ 3.82- $ 113.87        $  26.43
                                                                  ===========         ================       =========

Options vested as of:
     December 31, 1999.........................................    2,098,337         $ 29.78- $  78.50        $  44.69
     December 31, 2000.........................................    4,237,277           29.78-   113.87           56.18
     December 31, 2001.........................................    8,738,516            3.82-   113.87           47.33




                                                                                                     

                                                               OSOs Outstanding                     OSOs Vested
                                                            at December 31, 2001               at December 31, 2001

                                                                      Weighted
                                                                       Average      Weighted                    Weighted
                                                                      Remaining      Average                    Average
                                                       Number             Life        Option        Number        Option
Range of Exercise Prices                            Outstanding         (years)        Price        Vested        Price
$  3.82 -    5.58 .....................................8,231,134          3.79       $ 4.67       503,088       $  3.82
  11.20 ...............................................4,160,329          3.42        11.20     1,034,762         11.20
  25.31 -   37.12 .....................................6,518,000          2.45        28.17     3,102,087         30.19
  56.00 -   78.50 .....................................3,436,553          1.75        68.61     3,239,972         68.14
  87.23 -  113.87 .....................................1,215,401          2.48        97.34       858,607         99.76
  -----    ------                                     ----------      --------     --------     ---------       --------
                                                      23,561,417          2.99       $26.43     8,738,516       $ 47.33
                                                      ==========      ========     ========     =========       ========



Of the  approximately  8.7  million  OSO units  vested  at  December  31,  2001,
approximately  7.0 million units are  exercisable due to the two year moratorium
on OSOs granted prior to December 1, 2000.

In July 2000, the Company adopted a convertible outperform stock option program,
("C-OSO") as an  extension of the existing OSO plan.  The program is a component
of the Company's ongoing employee  retention efforts and offers similar features
to those of an OSO, but provides an employee  with the greater of the value of a
single share of the Company's  common stock at exercise,  or the  calculated OSO
value of a single OSO at the time of exercise.


C-OSO awards were made to eligible  employees employed on the date of the grant.
The awards were made in September  2000,  December 2000, and September 2001. The
awards  granted in 2000 vest over three years as  follows:  1/6 of each grant at
the end of the first  year,  a further 2/6 at the end of the second year and the
remaining  3/6 in the  third  year.  The  September  2001  awards  vest in equal
quarterly  installments over three years. Each award is immediately  exercisable
upon vesting. Awards expire four years from the date of the grant.

The fair value of the OSOs and C-OSOs granted in 2001 was calculated by applying
a modified Black-Scholes formula with an S&P 500 expected dividend yield rate of
1.8% and an  expected  life of 2 years.  The  Company  used an S&P 500  expected
volatility rate of 23% and the Level 3 Common Stock expected  volatility rate of
55%. The expected correlation factor of 0.81 was used to measure the movement of
Level 3 stock relative to the S&P 500.

The fair value  recognized  under SFAS No. 123 for the  approximately  5 million
C-OSOs  awarded to employees for services  performed for the year ended December
31, 2001 was approximately $37 million. As of December 31, 2001, the Company had
not reflected $64 million of unamortized  compensation  expense in its financial
statements for C-OSOs awarded in 2000 and 2001.

Transactions involving C-OSO stock awards are summarized below:



                                                                                                   

                                                                                                              Weighted
                                                                                                              Average
                                                                                        Option Price Per        Option
                                                                            Shares            Share             Price
Balance December 31, 1999...............................................        -      $               -      $     -
     Options granted....................................................  1,965,509     26.87 -    87.23        56.67
     Options cancelled..................................................    (25,522)               87.23        87.23
                                                                          ---------
Balance December 31, 2000...............................................  1,939,987     26.87 -    87.23        56.67
     Options granted....................................................  4,958,786                 3.82         3.82
        Options cancelled...............................................   (890,057)     3.82 -    87.23        28.07
        Options expired.................................................     (7,822)               87.23        87.23
     Options exercised..................................................    (35,366)     3.82 -    87.23        46.56
                                                                          ---------
Balance December 31, 2001...............................................  5,965,528    $ 3.82 - $  87.23      $ 16.90
                                                                          =========    =================      =======

Options vested as of:
     December 31, 2000..................................................          -                    -            -
     December 31, 2001..................................................    622,675    $ 3.82 - $  87.23      $ 24.70
                                                                           ========    =================      =======



                                                                                                 

                                                                  C-OSOs Outstanding              C-OSOs Exercisable
                                                                 at December 31, 2001           at December 31, 2001
                                                                         Weighted
                                                                          Average    Weighted                Weighted
                                                                         Remaining    Average                 Average
                                                            Number         Life       Option       Number      Option
Range of Exercise Prices                                Outstanding      (years)       Price    Exercisable    Price
$  3.82............................ ..................    4,458,961         3.7      $  3.82        371,580      3.82
  26.87............................ ..................      789,594         2.9        26.87        131,599      26.87
  87.23............................ ..................      716,973         2.7        87.23        119,496      87.23
                                                           --------                                --------
                                                          5,965,528         3.5      $ 16.90        622,675   $  24.70
                                                          =========      ======      =======      =========   ========



Restricted Stock

In 2001, 2000 and 1999,  approximately 96 thousand, 116 thousand and 17 thousand
shares,  respectively,  of  restricted  stock  were  granted to  employees.  The
restricted  stock  shares  were  granted  to  employees  at no cost.  The shares
typically  vest over a one to three year  period;  however,  the  employees  are
restricted  from  selling  these  shares  for  three  years.  The fair  value of
restricted  stock  granted in 2001,  2000 and 1999 of less than $1  million,  $7
million  and $1 million,  respectively,  was  calculated  using the value of the
Common Stock the day prior to the grant.


As of  December  31,  2001,  the Company  had not yet  recognized  $1 million of
unamortized compensation costs for restricted stock granted since 1998.

     Shareworks

Level 3 has designed  its  compensation  programs  with  particular  emphasis on
equity-based,  long-term incentive programs. The Company has developed two plans
under its Shareworks program: the Match Plan and the Grant Plan.

Match Plan-The Match Plan allows  eligible  employees to defer between 1% and 7%
of their  eligible  compensation  to purchase  Common Stock at the average stock
price for the  quarter.  Any full time  employee is  considered  eligible on the
first day of the  calendar  quarter  after their hire.  The Company  matches the
shares  purchased by the employee on a one-for-one  basis.  Stock purchased with
payroll deductions is fully vested.  Stock purchased with the Company's matching
contributions  vests  three  years  after the end of the quarter in which it was
made.

The  Company's  quarterly  matching  contribution  is amortized to  compensation
expense  over  the  vesting  period  of  36  months.   The  Company's   matching
contributions were $16 million, $14 million and $10 million under the Match Plan
in 2001, 2000 and 1999, respectively.

As of  December  31,  2001,  the  Company  had  not  yet  reflected  unamortized
compensation   expense  of  $19  million  related  to  the  Company's   matching
contributions.

Grant Plan-The Grant Plan enables the Company to grant shares of Common Stock to
eligible  employees based upon a percentage of employees eligible salary up to a
maximum of 5%. Level 3 employees  employed on December 31 of each year,  who are
age 21 or older with a minimum of 1,000 hours  credited  service are  considered
eligible.  The shares granted are valued at the fair market value as of the last
business day of the calendar year. All prior and future grants vest  immediately
upon the employee's third anniversary of joining the Shareworks Plan.

Foreign  subsidiaries of the Company adopted Shareworks  programs in 2000. These
programs  primarily  include  a grant  plan and a stock  purchase  plan  whereby
employees  may  purchase  Level 3 Common  Stock at 80% of the share price at the
beginning of the plan year.

     Other

The Company recorded  approximately $5 million of non-cash  compensation expense
for stock issued to  employees  during the year ended  December  31,  2000.  The
non-cash  compensation  charge was based on the Company's stock price on the day
prior to the grant.  The Company did not issue  stock to  employees  in 2001 and
1999.

401(k) Plan

The Company and its subsidiaries  offer its qualified  employees the opportunity
to participate in a defined  contribution  retirement plan qualifying  under the
provisions of Section  401(k) of the Internal  Revenue  Code.  Each employee was
eligible to contribute,  on a tax deferred  basis, a portion of annual  earnings
not to exceed $10,500 in 2001. The Company does not match employee contributions
and  therefore  does not incur any  compensation  expense  related to the 401(k)
plan.


(11)  Income Taxes

An  analysis  of the income tax  (provision)  benefit  attributable  to earnings
(loss) from continuing  operations before income taxes for the three years ended
December 31, 2001 follows:


                                                                                                    
                                                                                        2001       2000      1999
                                                                                          (dollars in millions)
Current:
     United States Federal..........................................................   $  -      $  50      $ 161
     State..........................................................................      -         (1)         3
                                                                                          -         49        164
Deferred:
     United States Federal..........................................................  1,357        255         56
     State..........................................................................      -          -          -
                                                                                      1,357        255         56
                                                                                      ------     -----      -----
Valuation Allowance................................................................. (1,357)      (255)         -
                                                                                     ------      -----      -----
Income Tax Benefit                                                                   $    -     $   49      $ 220
                                                                                     =======    =======    ======


The United  States and foreign  components  of earnings  (loss) from  continuing
operations before income taxes follows:



                                                                                                     
                                                                                       2001        2000      1999
                                                                                         (dollars in millions)
United States....................................................................  $ (4,508)    $ (995)     $(578)
Foreign..........................................................................      (940)      (509)      (129)
                                                                                     ------      -----      -----
                                                                                   $ (5,448)  $ (1,504)     $(707)
                                                                                    ========   ========      =====


A  reconciliation  of the actual  income  tax  (provision)  benefit  and the tax
computed by applying the U.S.  Federal  rate (35%) to the  earnings  (loss) from
continuing  operations,  before income taxes for the three years ended  December
31, 2001 follows:



                                                                                                     
                                                                                      2001        2000       1999
                                                                                      (dollars in millions)
Computed Tax Benefit at Statutory Rate...........................................  $ 1,907       $ 526      $ 247
State Income Taxes...............................................................        -          (1)         2
Coal Depletion...................................................................        1           2          2
Goodwill Amortization............................................................      (13)        (17)       (12)
Taxes on Unutilized Losses of Foreign Operations.................................      (63)        (35)        (9)
Foreign Tax Credits..............................................................        -           -        (10)
Other............................................................................      (90)         (1)         -
Valuation Allowance..............................................................   (1,742)       (425)         -
                                                                                    -------      ------     -----
Income Tax Benefit...............................................................   $    -      $   49      $ 220
                                                                                    =======     =======     =====


For federal income tax reporting  purposes,  the Company has approximately  $1.8
billion  of  net  operating  loss  carryforwards,  net of  previous  carrybacks,
available to offset  future  Federal  taxable  income.  The net  operating  loss
carryforwards  expire  in  2021  and  are  subject  to  examination  by the  tax
authorities.

The Internal Revenue Code contains  provisions which may limit the net operating
loss carryforwards available to be used in any given year upon the occurrence of
certain events, including significant changes in ownership interests.

For federal income tax reporting  purposes,  the Company has  approximately  $19
million of  alternative  minimum tax credits  available to offset future regular
federal income tax. The credits can be carried forward until fully utilized.

The components of the net deferred tax assets  (liabilities) for the years ended
December 31, 2001 and 2000 were as follows:





                                                                                                        
                                                                                                    2001     2000
                                                                                                      (dollars in
                                                                                                       millions)
Deferred Tax Assets:
   Net operating loss carryforwards ................................................................ $ 613  $ 223
   Compensation and related benefits ...............................................................   254    154
   Investment in subsidiaries. .....................................................................     2     11
   Provision for estimated expenses. ...............................................................   189     94
   Investment in joint ventures. ...................................................................    52     69
   Asset bases - accumulated depreciation .......................................................... 1,109      -
   Other. ..........................................................................................    45     12
                                                                                                     -----  -----
Total Deferred Tax Assets.                                                                           2,264    563

Deferred Tax Liabilities:
   Investments in securities......................................................................       9     18
   Investments in joint ventures..................................................................       -      4
   Asset bases-accumulated depreciation...........................................................       -     38
   Coal sales.....................................................................................      32     32
   Provision for estimated expenses...............................................................       -     12
   Other..........................................................................................      22     22
                                                                                                     -----  -----
Total Deferred Tax Liabilities....................................................................      63    126
                                                                                                     -----  -----

Net Deferred Tax Assets before valuation allowance................................................   2,201    437


Valuation Allowance Components:
   Net Deferred Tax Assets........................................................................  (2,152)  (410)
   Stockholders' Equity (primarily tax benefit from option exercises).............................    (120)   (92)
                                                                                                     ------ -----
Net Deferred Tax Liabilities after Valuation Allowance............................................  $  (71) $ (65)
                                                                                                    ======  =====


The current net  deferred  tax assets at December 31, 2001 and 2000 are zero and
$15 million, respectively,  after current valuation allowances of ($206) million
and ($86) million and the non-current deferred tax liabilities are ($71) million
and ($80)  million,  respectively,  after  non-current  valuation  allowance  of
($2,066) million and ($416) million respectively.

(12)   Stockholders' Equity

During August and December 2001, the Company issued  approximately  15.9 million
shares,  valued at  approximately  $72 million,  in exchange for $194 million in
convertible  subordinated  notes. The Company recognized an extraordinary  gain,
after  transaction costs and unamortized debt issuance costs, of $117 million on
these transactions.

In February 2000, the Company raised $2.4 billion,  after underwriting discounts
and offering expenses, from an offering of 23 million shares of its common stock
through an underwritten public offering.  In March 1999, the Company raised $1.5
billion, after underwriting  discounts and offering expenses,  from the offering
of 28.75  million  shares of its common  stock  through an  underwritten  public
offering.  The net  proceeds  from both  offerings  are  beingused  for  working
capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions and other general corporate purposes
in connection with the implementation of the Company's business plan.


Issuances  of  common  stock,  for  sales,  conversions,  option  exercises  and
acquisitions  for the three years ended  December 31, 2001 are shown below.  The
Level 3 Stock Plan  permits  option  holders to tender  shares to the Company to
cover income taxes due on option exercises.

December 31, 1998................................................    307,874,706

     Shares Issued...............................................     28,750,000
     Option and Shareworks Activity..............................      4,371,578
     Shares Issued for Acquisition...............................        396,379
     6% Convertible Notes Converted to Shares....................          4,064
                                                                     -----------
December 31, 1999................................................    341,396,727

     Shares Issued...............................................     23,000,000
     Option and Shareworks Activity..............................      3,202,760
     6% Convertible Notes Converted to Shares....................            383
                                                                     -----------
December 31, 2000................................................    367,599,870

     Option and Shareworks Activity..............................      1,245,093
     Debt for Equity Exchanges...................................     15,858,959
                                                                     -----------
December 31, 2001................................................    384,703,922
                                                                     ===========

(13)   Industry and Geographic Data

SFAS  No.  131  "Disclosures   about  Segments  of  an  Enterprise  and  Related
Information" defines operating segments as components of an enterprise for which
separate financial  information is available and which is evaluated regularly by
the Company's  chief  operating  decision  maker,  or decision  making group, in
deciding how to allocate  resources and assess  performance.  Operating segments
are  managed  separately  and  represent  strategic  business  units  that offer
different  products  and  serve  different  markets.  The  Company's  reportable
segments include:  communications,  information services, and coal mining. Other
primarily includes the CPTC, equity investments,  and other corporate assets and
overhead not attributable to a specific segment.

EBITDA, as defined by the Company,  consists of earnings (loss) before interest,
income taxes, depreciation, amortization, non-cash operating expenses (including
stock-based  compensation  and impairments)  and other  non-operating  income or
expense.  The Company excludes non-cash  compensation due to its adoption of the
expense  recognition  provisions of SFAS No. 123. EBITDA is commonly used in the
communications   industry  to  analyze  companies  on  the  basis  of  operating
performance.  EBITDA is not  intended  to  represent  cash flow for the  periods
presented and is not recognized under Generally Accepted  Accounting  Principles
("GAAP").

The  information  presented in the tables  following  includes  information  for
twelve  months  ended  December  31,  2001,  2000 and 1999 for all  statement of
operations and cash flow information presented,  and as of December 31, 2001 and
2000 for all  balance  sheet  information  presented.  Revenue  and the  related
expenses are attributed to countries based on where services are provided.


Industry and geographic  segment financial  information  follows.  Certain prior
year information has been reclassified to conform with the 2001 presentation.




                                                                                             
                                                            Information         Coal
                                           Communications      Services         Mining         Other        Total
                                                                    (dollars in millions)
2001
Revenue:
     North America.......................      $   1,137        $   110        $   87        $   25     $  1,359
     Europe..............................            161             13             -             -          174
                                                 -------        -------       -------       -------      -------
                                               $   1,298        $   123        $   87        $   25     $  1,533
                                               =========        =======        ======        ======     ========
EBITDA:
     North America.......................      $    (216)       $     4        $   23        $   (7)    $   (196)
     Europe..............................           (106)             2             -             -         (104)
                                                 -------        -------       -------       -------      -------
                                               $    (322)       $     6        $   23        $   (7)    $   (300)
                                               =========        =======        ======        ======     ========
Capital Expenditures:
     North America.......................      $   2,131        $    17        $    5        $    1     $  2,154
     Europe..............................            171              -             -             -          171
                                                 -------        -------       -------       -------      -------
                                               $   2,302        $    17        $    5        $    1     $  2,325
                                               =========        =======        ======        ======     ========
Depreciation and Amortization:
     North America.......................      $     912        $    15        $    3        $    6     $    936
     Europe..............................            184              2             -             -          186
                                                 -------        -------       -------       -------      -------
                                               $   1,096        $    17        $    3        $    6     $  1,122
                                               =========        =======        ======        ======     ========
2000
Revenue:
     North America.......................      $     744        $   103        $  190        $   22     $  1,059
     Europe..............................            113             12             -             -          125
                                                 -------        -------       -------       -------      -------
                                               $     857        $   115        $  190        $   22     $  1,184
                                               =========        =======        ======        ======     ========
EBITDA:
     North America.......................      $   (442)         $    2         $  86        $    7     $   (347)
     Europe..............................          (139)              4             -             -         (135)
                                                -------         -------       -------       -------      -------
                                               $   (581)         $    6         $  86        $    7     $   (482)
                                                ========         ======         =====        ======     ========
Capital Expenditures:
     North America.......................      $   4,625         $   11        $    2        $    -     $  4,638
     Europe..............................            989              1             -                        990
                                                 -------        -------       -------       -------      -------
                                               $   5,614         $   12        $    2        $    -     $  5,628
                                               =========         ======        ======        ======     ========
Depreciation and Amortization:
     North America.......................      $     436         $   18        $    5        $    6     $    465
     Europe..............................            112              2             -             -          114
                                                 -------        -------       -------       -------      -------
                                               $     548         $   20        $    5        $    6     $    579
                                               =========         ======        ======        ======     ========




                                                                                              
                                                              Information          Coal
                                           Communications       Services          Mining        Other        Total
                                                                          (dollars in millions)
1999
Revenue:
     North America.......................      $    145         $  122        $  207          $   19      $   493
     Europe..............................            14              8             -               -           22
                                                -------        -------       -------         -------      -------
                                               $    159         $  130        $  207          $   19      $   515
                                               ========         ======        ======          ======      =======
EBITDA:
     North America.......................      $   (391)        $    8        $   81          $    6      $  (296)
     Europe..............................           (88)             1             -               -          (87)
                                                -------        -------       -------          -------      -------
                                               $   (479)        $    9        $   81          $    6      $  (383)
                                               ========         ======        ======          ======       =======
Capital Expenditures:
     North America.......................      $  2,583         $   12        $    3          $    1      $ 2,599
     Europe..............................           786              -             -               -          786
                                                -------        -------       -------          -------     -------
                                               $  3,369         $   12        $    3          $    1      $ 3,385
                                               ========         ======        ======          ======      =======


Depreciation and Amortization:
     North America.......................      $    176         $   12        $    5          $    9      $   202
     Europe..............................            24              2             -               -           26
                                                -------        -------       -------         -------      -------
                                               $    200         $   14        $    5          $    9      $   228
                                               ========         ======        ======          ======      =======

Identifiable Assets
December 31, 2001
     North America.......................      $  5,547         $   74        $  303          $1,603      $ 7,527
     Europe..............................         1,763              5             -              37        1,805
     Discontinued Asian Operations.......            74              -             -               -           74
                                                -------        -------       -------         -------      -------
                                               $  7,384         $   79        $  303          $1,640      $ 9,406
                                               ========         ======        ======          ======      =======
December 31, 2000
     North America.......................      $  8,091         $   78        $  310          $4,009      $12,488
     Europe..............................         1,811              9             -             122        1,942
     Discontinued Asian Operations.......           476              -             -              13          489
                                                -------        -------       -------         -------      -------
                                              $  10,378         $   87        $  310          $4,144      $14,919
                                              =========         ======        ======          ======      =======
Long-Lived Assets
December 31, 2001
     North America.......................      $  5,278         $   50        $   16      $    228        $ 5,572
     Europe.............................          1,709              1             -             -          1,710
     Discontinued Asian Operations.......             -              -             -             -              -
                                                -------         -------      -------       -------        -------
                                               $  6,987         $   51        $   16      $    228        $ 7,282
                                               ========         ======        ======      ========        =======
December 31, 2000
     North America.......................      $  7,548         $   49        $   15      $    217        $ 7,829
     Europe..............................         1,660              3             -             -          1,663
     Discontinued Asian Operations.......           382              -             -             -            382
                                                -------        -------       -------       -------        -------
                                               $  9,590         $   52        $   15      $    217        $ 9,874
                                               ========         ======        ======      ========        =======



Product information for the Company's communications segment follows:




                                                                                                 
                                                                         Reciprocal     Up-front Dark
                                                           Services     Compensation        Fiber          Total
                                                                           (dollars in millions)
Communications Revenue
2001
     North America...................................      $    715        $   134       $    288       $  1,137
     Europe..........................................           161              -              -            161
                                                            -------        -------        -------        -------
                                                           $    876        $   134       $    288       $  1,298
                                                           ========        =======       ========       ========
2000
     North America...................................      $    480        $    55       $    209       $    744
     Europe..........................................           113              -              -            113
                                                            -------        -------        -------        -------
                                                           $    593        $    55       $    209       $    857
                                                           ========        =======       ========       ========
1999
     North America...................................      $     86        $    24       $     35       $    145
     Europe..........................................            14              -              -             14
                                                            -------        -------        -------        -------
                                                           $    100        $    24       $     35       $    159
                                                           ========        =======       ========       ========


The  majority  of North  American  revenue  consists of  services  and  products
delivered within the United States. The majority of European revenue consists of
services and products delivered within the United Kingdom.  Transoceanic revenue
is allocated equally between North America and Europe as it represents  services
provided between these two regions.


In 1999, Commonwealth Edison Company, a coal mining customer,  accounted for 22%
of total revenue.

The  following  information  provides  a  reconciliation  of EBITDA to loss from
continuing operations for the three years ended December 31, 2001:



                                                                                                      
                                                                                           2001      2000      1999
                                                                                            (dollars in millions)
EBITDA  . ............................................................................ $   (300)  $  (482)   $ (383)
Depreciation and Amortization Expense.................................................   (1,122)     (579)     (228)
Non-Cash Compensation Expense.........................................................     (314)     (236)     (125)
Non-Cash Impairment Expense...........................................................   (3,245)        -         -
                                                                                         ------     ------     -----

     Loss from Operations.............................................................   (4,981)   (1,297)     (736)
Other Income (Expense)................................................................     (467)     (159)       34
Income Tax Benefit....................................................................        -        49       220
                                                                                         ------     ------      -----
Loss from Continuing Operations....................................................... $ (5,448)  $ (1,407)  $ (482)
                                                                                        ========   ========    ======


(14) Commitments and  Contingencies

In May 2001, a subsidiary of the Company was named as a defendant in Bauer,  et.
al. v. Level 3  Communications,  LLC,  et al.,  a  purported  multi-state  class
action,  filed in the U.S.  District Court for the Southern District of Illinois
and in July 2001,  the  Company was named as a  defendant  in Koyle,  et. al. v.
Level 3  Communications,  Inc.,  et. al., a purported  multi-state  class action
filed in the U.S.  District  Court  for the  District  of  Idaho.  Both of these
actions  involve the Company's right to install its fiber optic cable network in
easements and  right-of-ways  crossing the  plaintiffs'  land.  In general,  the
Company obtained the rights to construct its network from railroads,  utilities,
and others,  and is installing its network along the  rights-of-way  so granted.
Plaintiffs  in the purported  class  actions  assert that they are the owners of
lands over which the Company's  fiber optic cable network  passes,  and that the
railroads,  utilities, and others who granted the Company the right to construct
and  maintain  its network  did not have the legal  ability to do so. The action
purports  to be on behalf of a class of owners of land in  multiple  states over
which the Company's  network passes or will pass. The complaint seeks damages on
theories of trespass,  unjust  enrichment and slander of title and property,  as
well as punitive damages.  The Company has also received,  and may in the future
receive,  claims and  demands  related to  rights-of-way  issues  similar to the
issues  in the these  cases  that may be based on  similar  or  different  legal
theories.  Although it is too early for the Company to reach a conclusion  as to
the ultimate outcome of these actions,  management believes that the Company has
substantial  defenses to the claims  asserted in all of these  actions  (and any
similar  claims  which may be named in the  future),  and intends to defend them
vigorously.

The Company and its  subsidiaries  are parties to many other legal  proceedings.
Management believes that any resulting  liabilities for these legal proceedings,
beyond  amounts  reserved,  will not materially  affect the Company's  financial
condition, future results of operations, or future cash flows.


     Operating Leases

The Company is leasing rights of way, communications capacity and premises under
various operating leases which, in addition to rental payments, require payments
for insurance,  maintenance, property taxes and other executory costs related to
the lease.  Certain  leases  provide  for  adjustments  in lease cost based upon
adjustments  in the  consumer  price  index  and  increases  in  the  landlord's
management  costs.  The lease  agreements have various  expiration dates through
2030.


The Company has obligations  under  non-cancelable  operating leases for certain
facilities and equipment.  Future minimum payments for the next five years under
these leases, including those identified in the restructuring analysis,  consist
of the following at December 31, 2001 (in millions):

     2002...............................................................   $ 54
     2003...............................................................     53
     2004...............................................................     51
     2005...............................................................     51
     2006...............................................................     51
     Thereafter.........................................................    306
       Total............................................................   $566

Rent expense under  non-cancelable lease agreements was $79 million in 2001, $52
million in 2000 and $37 million in 1999.

(15)   Related Party Transactions

Kiewit acted as the general contractor on several  significant  projects for the
Company in 2001, 2000 and 1999.  These projects include the Phoenix Data Center,
the U.S. intercity network,  certain  metropolitan  networks and certain Gateway
sites, the Company's corporate  headquarters and other office space in Colorado.
Kiewit provided  approximately $693 million,  $1,764 million, and $1,024 million
of  construction  services  related to these  projects in 2001,  2000,  and 1999
respectively.  In 2001, Level 3 issued warrants,  valued at $32 million, in lieu
of cash for services  related to  construction  of the North American  intercity
network. It is anticipated that Kiewit will transfer a portion of these warrants
to Walter Scott,  Jr. and William L. Grewcock,  directors of Level 3 and Kiewit,
for consideration in 2002.

Level 3 also receives certain mine management  services from Kiewit. The expense
for these  services  was $5 million  for 2001,  $29  million  for 2000,  and $33
million  for 1999,  and is  recorded  in  selling,  general  and  administrative
expenses.

In September  2000, the Company sold its entire  interest in Walnut Creek Mining
Company to Kiewit for cash of $37 million.  The sale  resulted in a pre-tax gain
of $21  million to the  Company,  which is included in gain on sale of assets in
the accompanying consolidated statement of operations.

RCN   purchased   less  than  $3   million,   $2  million   and  $1  million  of
telecommunications   services   from  the  Company  in  2001,   2000  and  1999,
respectively.

(16)   Other Matters

On January 18, 2001, Level 3 announced that in order to provide the Company with
additional  flexibility  in funding its business  plan,  it filed a  "universal"
shelf  registration  statement  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission
relating to $3.0 billion of common  stock,  preferred  stock,  debt  securities,
warrants,  stock purchase  agreements and depositary  shares.  The  registration
statement,  (declared  effective by the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission on
January 31, 2001),  allows Level 3 to publicly offer these  securities from time
to time at prices and terms to be determined  at the time of the offering.  When
combined with the remaining availability under its previously existing effective
universal shelf registration statement,  the availability under the registration
statements  allows  Level 3 to offer an aggregate  of up to  approximately  $3.2
billion of securities.

It is customary in Level 3's industries to use various financial  instruments in
the normal course of business.  These instruments  include items such as letters
of credit.  Letters of credit are  conditional  commitments  issued on behalf of
Level 3 in accordance with specified  terms and  conditions.  As of December 31,
2001, Level 3 had outstanding  letters of credit of  approximately  $47 million.
The Company does not believe it is practicable to estimate the fair value of the
letters of credit and does not believe  exposure to loss is likely nor material.


(17) Subsequent Events

On January 24, 2002 Level 3 completed the  acquisition of the wholesale  dial-up
access business assets of McLeodUSA  Incorporated  (formerly Splitrock Services)
for  approximately  $50  million in cash  consideration  and the  assumption  of
certain operating liabilities related to that business. The acquisition includes
customer contracts,  approximately 350 POPs (Points of Presence) across the U.S.
and the related facilities,  equipment and underlying circuits. In addition, the
parties entered into certain operating agreements enabling McLeodUSA to continue
to support its in-region  customers.  The acquisition enables Level 3 to provide
managed  modem  service in all 50 states with a coverage  area that  includes 80
percent of the U.S.  population,  up from 37 states,  and 57 percent of the U.S.
population.

On February 8, 2002, Level 3 announced that  Commonwealth  Telephone had filed a
registration  statement with the Securities and Exchange  Commission relating to
the sale of 2,750,000  shares (plus  412,500  additional  shares  subject to the
underwriters' over-allotment option) of Commonwealth Telephone common stock by a
wholly-owned  subsidiary  of Level 3  Communications,  Inc.  On  March 8,  2002,
Commonwealth  amended the filing to increase  the number  available  for sale to
3,500,000 (plus 525,000  additional shares subject to  over-allotment  options).
The 3.5 million shares represent  approximately 33 percent of Level 3's economic
ownership  in  Commonwealth  Telephone  and based on the March 11, 2002  closing
price of $39.83 per share,  would result in approximately  $139 million of gross
proceeds to the Company.

On February  22,  2002,  the Company  paid David C.  McCourt,  a Director of the
Company, $15 million for his 10% interest in Level 3 Telecom Holdings,  Inc, the
entity that holds the investments in RCN and Commonwealth Telephone.

From  January  1,  2002  through   March 13,  2002,   Level  3  had  retired
approximately  $195  million  face  amount of debt  securities,  by issuing  7.4
million  shares,  valued at $32 million and through  Level 3 Finance,  LLC using
approximately $34 million of cash. Level 3 expects to recognize an extraordinary
gain of approximately  $130 million,  after transaction and debt issuance costs,
from these transactions in the first quarter of 2002.

On March 6, 2002, the Company completed the refinancing of the Lehman Commercial
Mortgage.  The  terms of the  agreement  with  iStar  Financial  Group  include:
reducing the outstanding loan amount to $60 million through repayment, releasing
the  restrictions  on $57 million  securities  held in escrow and increasing the
borrowing rate to 650 basis points over LIBOR.

On March 9, 2002,  legislation was enacted that will enable the Company to carry
its taxable net  operating  losses  back five  years.  As a result,  the Company
expects to receive a Federal  income tax refund of  approximately  $120  million
after it files its 2001 Federal income tax return carrying back the taxable loss
to 1996.  This benefit will be  reflected  in the first  quarter 2002  financial
statements in accordance with SFAS No. 109 "Accounting for Income Taxes".

On  March  13,  2002,  the  Company  acquired  privately  held  CorpSoft,   Inc.
("CorpSoft"),  a major distributor,  marketer and reseller of business software.
Level 3 paid  approximately  $89 million in cash and assumed  approximately  $31
million in net debt to acquire CorpSoft.  CorpSoft generated  approximately $1.1
billion  in  revenue  in 2001  and had  EBITDA  of  approximately  $18  million,
excluding  stock-based  compensation,  one-time  restructuring charges and other
non-recurring  employee costs.  Level 3 expects the acquisition  will enable its
information  services business to leverage CorpSoft's  customer base,  worldwide
presence and  relationships  to expand its  portfolio  of services.  The Company
believes that  communications  price  performance will improve more rapidly than
computing and data storage price performance.  As a result, companies will, over
time seek to gain  information  technology  operating  efficiency  by  acquiring
software  functionality  and data  storage  capability  as  commercial  services
purchased  and  then  delivered  over  broadband  networks  such as the  Level 3
network. In addition,  Level 3 expects to utilize its network  infrastructure to
facilitate  the  deployment  of  software  to  CorpSoft's   customers.   Revenue
attributable to CorpSoft subsequent to the acquisition date, will be included in
Minimum Telecom Revenue as defined in the Senior Secured Credit Facility.

As a  result  of this  transaction,  the  Company  believes  it will  remain  in
compliance  with the terms and conditions of the Senior Secured Credit  Facility
until the second half of 2003. The Company's  expectation  assumes that it takes


no other  actions,  its sales  levels do not improve  beyond  those  experienced
during the second half of 2001, and  disconnects  and  cancellations  trend down
during the second half of 2002 in accordance with the Company's  customer credit
analysis.

Given  other  actions  the  Company  may  take,  and  based on its  longer  term
expectations   for   improvements   in  its  rate  of  sales,   disconnects  and
cancellations,  new product  and service  introductions  and the  potential  for
additional  acquisitions,  the Company  believes  it will  continue to remain in
compliance  with the terms and conditions of the Senior Secured Credit  Facility
over the term of that agreement.

(18)   Unaudited Quarterly Financial Data


                                                                                                   

                                                           March           June         September         December

                                                       2001    2000    2001    2000    2001    2000     2001     2000
                                                                   (in millions except per share data)
Revenue .                                             $ 448   $  17   $ 387   $ 234   $ 372   $ 341   $  326   $  432
Loss from Operations..............................     (413)   (272)   (572)   (298)   (396)   (308)  (3,600)    (419)
Net Loss..........................................     (535)   (271)   (731)   (281)   (437)   (351)  (3,275)    (552)
Loss per Share (Basic and Diluted):
     Net Loss from Continuing Operations..........   $(1.41)  $(.76) $(1.92)  $(.74) $(1.35)  $(.92)  $(9.70)  $(1.44)
     Discontinued Operations......................     (.04)   (.01)   (.07)   (.03)   (.07)   (.04)   (1.40)    (.06)
     Extraordinary Gain on Debt Extinguishment....        -       -       -       -     .25       -     2.56        -
     Net Loss.....................................   $(1.45)  $(.77) $(1.99)  $(.77) $(1.17)  $(.96)  $(8.54)  $(1.50)


Loss per share  was  calculated  for each  three-month  period on a  stand-alone
basis. As a result of stock transactions during the periods, the sum of the loss
per  share for the four  quarters  of each year may not equal the loss per share
for the twelve month periods.

In  the  fourth  quarter  of  2001,  the  Company  determined  that,  due to the
continuing economic slowdown and continued over-capacity in certain areas of the
telecommunications  industry,  the  estimated  future  undiscounted  cash  flows
attributable  to certain  assets would not exceed the current  carrying value of
the  assets.  The  Company,  therefore,  recorded an  impairment  charge of $3.2
billion to reflect the difference between the estimated fair value of the assets
and their current carrying value.

As described in Note 3, the Company sold its Asian telecommunication  operations
to Reach Ltd. in January  2002.  In  accordance  with SFAS No. 144,  the Company
classified these assets as held-for-sale and accordingly reclassified the losses
attributable to the Asian operations to Discontinued  Operations.  In the fourth
quarter  of  2001,  the  Company  recognized  a  loss  of  $516  million  within
discontinued  operations,  equal to the difference between the carrying value of
the Asian operations and its estimated fair value.

The Company  repurchased  approximately $1.8 billion of its long-term debt using
cash  and  equity  in  2001.  The  Company  recognized  extraordinary  gains  of
approximately  $93 million and $981 million on these  transactions  in the third
and fourth quarters of 2001, respectively.